PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE OF SON LA PROVINCE MANAGEMENT UNIT OF AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT WORKS OF SON LA PROVINCE ------------------- REPORT ENVIRONEMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR DAM REHABILITATION AND SAFETY IMPROVEMENT SUBPROJECT IN SON LA PROVINCE UNDER VIETNAM DAM REHABILITATION AND SAFETY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT FUNDED BY WORLD BANK Son La, August 2018 1 PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE OF SON LA PROVINCE MANAGEMENT UNIT OF AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT WORKS OF SON LA PROVINCE ------------------- ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR SON LA DAM REHABILITATION AND SAFETY IMPROVEMENT SUBPROJECT UNDER VIETNAM DAM REHABILITATION AND SAFETY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVES OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THEMANAGEMENT UNIT OF CONSULTANTS AGRICULTURE AND RURAL JOINT VENTURE OF NEWSTECH AND DEVELOPMENT WORKS OF SON LA LHC PROVINCE Son La, August 2018 2 ABBREVIATIONS AH Affected Household CPC Communal People’s Committee CPO Central project office DPC District People’s Committee DSR Dam Safety Report DRSIP Dam Rehabilitation and safety improvement DED Detailed Engineering Design ECOP Environmental Codes of Practice SA Social Assessment EIA Environment Impact Assessment ESMF Environement and Social Management Framework EMDF Ethnic Minority Development Framework EMDP Ethnic minority Development Plan EM Ethnic minority EMP Environement Management Plan ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment ESMP Environement and Social Management Plan FPIC Free, prior and informed consent IPM Integrated Pest Management ICM Integrated Crop Management MARD Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development MCM Million Cubic Meters MoIT Ministry of Industry and Trade MoNRE Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment WB World Bank FFS Farmer Field School O&M Operation and Maintenance OP/BP Operational Policies/Bank Procedures GAP Gender Action Plan IDA International Development Agency RAP Resettlement Action Plan PPMU Provincial Project Management Unit PMU Project Management Unit PMB Project Management Board PoE Panel of Expert PSC Project Steering Committee SRI System Rice Intensification i TOF Training of farmers VND Vietnamese dong TOR Terms of Reference UNDP United Nations Development Programme WHO World Health Organization WUA Water Users Association ii TABLE OF CONTENTS ABBREVIATIONS...................................................................................................................................i TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................................................................................................... iii LIST OF TABLES ................................................................................................................................... v LIST OF FIGURES.............................................................................................................................. viii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................................... 10 CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 13 1.1. Overview of the project .................................................................................................... 13 1.2. Approach and method of implementation ........................................................................ 13 1.2.1. Methods of social impact assessment ............................................................................... 13 1.2.2. Environment impact assessment method .......................................................................... 14 1.3. Implementation arrangement of ESIA .............................................................................. 15 CHAPTER II: SUBPROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................... 17 2.1. Overview of the subproject ............................................................................................... 17 2.1.1. Name of the subproject ..................................................................................................... 17 2.1.2. Subproject owner .............................................................................................................. 17 2.1.3. OBJECTIVE OF THE SUBPROJECT ............................................................................ 17 2.1.4. Geographical location of the subproject ........................................................................... 17 2.2. The status of the works and auxiliary items ..................................................................... 18 2.2.1. Current status and upgraded work items of the subproject .............................................. 19 2.2.2. Construction methods ....................................................................................................... 37 2.2.3. Description of auxiliary works ......................................................................................... 38 2.2.4. List of expected machinery and equipment ...................................................................... 42 2.2.5. Demand of housing for workers and labor camp ............................................................. 43 2.3. Material transportation plan .............................................................................................. 44 2.4. Operation and maintenance activities ............................................................................... 44 2.5. Dam safety plan................................................................................................................. 44 2.6. Subproject implementation progress: ............................................................................... 45 2.7. Investment capital: ............................................................................................................ 46 CHAPTER III: POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ................................. 47 3.1. Applicable national policy, administrative and legal framework .................................... 47 3.2. Safeguard Policy of the World Bank ................................................................................ 51 3.2.1. Project level ....................................................................................................................... 51 3.2.2. Sub-project level ............................................................................................................... 51 CHAPTER IV: NATURAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OF THE SUBPROJECT AREA ..................................................................................................................................................... 59 4.1. Natural environment ......................................................................................................... 59 4.1.1. Geographical location ....................................................................................................... 59 4.1.2. General geological features............................................................................................... 60 4.1.3. Meteorology, hydrology and rivers .................................................................................. 63 4.2. Status of natural components ............................................................................................ 69 4.2.1. Quality status of physical environmental components ..................................................... 69 4.2.2. Status of biological resources ........................................................................................... 74 4.3. The socio-economic characteristics of the subproject area .............................................. 75 4.3.1. Socio-economic conditions of sub-project communes..................................................... 75 4.3.2. Survey results of affected households and beneficiaries of subproject ........................... 79 CHAPTER V: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................................. 84 5.1. Type and scale of impact .................................................................................................. 84 5.2. Potential positive environmental and social impacts ....................................................... 85 5.2.1. Potential negative impacts from the subproject on the environment and society ........... 85 5.2.2. Evaluating and forecasting of impacts in the preparation phase of subproject ............... 86 5.2.3. Impact evaluation and projection during subproject construction phase ......................... 90 iii 5.2.4. Forecasting of specific impacts.......................................................................................106 5.2.5. Evaluating and forecasting of impacts during the operational phase of the subproject 113 5.3. Analysis of types of impact ..........................................................................................................113 5.3.1 Cumulative impacts .............................................................................................................113 5.3.2 Direct Impact ........................................................................................................................113 5.3.3 Indirect impacts ....................................................................................................................113 5.3.4 Temporary impact ................................................................................................................114 5.3.5 Long term impact .................................................................................................................114 CHAPTER VI: ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS .................................................................................... 115 6.1. Without subproject ..........................................................................................................115 6.2. With subproject ...............................................................................................................116 CHAPTER VII: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) ................ 118 7.1. Objectives ........................................................................................................................118 7.2. Mitigation measures ........................................................................................................118 7.2.1. Mitigation measures in the preparation phase of the subproject ....................................118 7.2.2. Mitigation measures in the construction stage ...............................................................119 7.2.3. Specific mitigation measures ..........................................................................................145 7.2.4. Mitigation measures during operation stage ...................................................................156 7.3. Implementation arrangement ........................................................................................................157 7.3.1. Project management ........................................................................................................157 7.3.2. Roles and responsibilities for environmental and social safeguard management .........158 7.4. Environment compliance framework .............................................................................162 7.4.1. Environmental Duties of the Contractor.............................................................................162 7.4.2. Contractor’s safety, social and environmental officer .......................................................163 7.4.3. Social and environmental monitoring during construction phase (Monitoring Consultant)163 7.4.4. Compliance with contract requirement and legal regulations ............................................164 7.4.5. Report system ......................................................................................................................164 7.5. Grievance redressing mechanism ...................................................................................165 7.6. ESMP implementation plan ............................................................................................167 7.7. Capacity development and training ................................................................................168 7.7.1. Training on safeguard policy ..............................................................................................168 7.7.2 Occupational Health and Safety Training ...........................................................................168 7.7.3 Orientation of visitors ..........................................................................................................168 7.7.4. Training for new contractors and workers .........................................................................168 7.7.5. Basic training on occupational health and safety ...............................................................168 7.8. Monitoring plan and monitoring of environmental quality ...........................................169 7.8.1. Compliance monitoring ..................................................................................................169 7.8.2. Monitoring of the ambient environmental quality .........................................................169 7.8.3. Frequency and monitoring parameters: ..........................................................................170 7.8.4. Dam safety monitoring ...................................................................................................171 7.9. Cost estimates for ESMP implementation ......................................................................171 CHAPTER VIII: PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE.................... 181 8.1. Public consultation ..........................................................................................................181 8.1.1. Content and form of consultation ...................................................................................181 8.1.2. Result of community consultation ..................................................................................181 8.1.3. Feedback and commitment of the investor .....................................................................187 8.2. Information disclosure ....................................................................................................187 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................... 189 Conclusion .........................................................................................................................................189 Recommendations ...............................................................................................................................189 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................... 190 iv LIST OF TABLES Table 1: The list of reservoirs under the subproject of “Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La provinceâ€?.......................................................................................................................10 Table 2: Cost estimate for ESMP implementation .................................................................................12 Table 3:List of participants ....................................................................................................................16 Table 4: The geographic location of the repaired reservoir s of the subproject .....................................17 Table 5: Summary of the specifications of the reservoirs ......................................................................18 Table 6: Volume of excavation and backfilling .....................................................................................38 Table 7. Location of borrow pit and dumping sites ...............................................................................40 Table 8: Volume of construction materials ............................................................................................41 Table 9. Forecasting of diesel consumption in construction activities at the construction site ..............41 Table 10: List of address of material supply ..........................................................................................41 Table 11 .List of construction machines of the subproject.....................................................................43 Table 12. Expected number of construction workers at the site.............................................................43 Table 13: Subproject implementation progress ......................................................................................45 Table 14: Investment capital ..................................................................................................................46 Table 15: A summary of the WB & GOV processes .............................................................................53 Table 16: Average monthly and annual air temperature (Unit: oC) ......................................................63 Table 17: Average monthly and annual humidity (Unit: %) .................................................................63 Table 18: Average monthly sunshine hours in the year (Unit: hour) .....................................................64 Table 19: Average and maximum wind speed in the months and year (Unit: m/s) ...............................64 Table 20: Average monthly and annual evaporation (Unit: mm)..........................................................64 Table 21: Average monthly rainfall at the stations in project area (mm) ...............................................65 Table 22: Distribution of annual design rainfall with P =85% (Unit: mm) ............................................65 Table 23: Statistical characteristics of maximum daily rainfall of Son La station .................................66 Table 24: Long term average flow in the dam alignment ......................................................................66 Table 25 .Statistical characteristics of design annual flow.....................................................................66 Table 26: Distribution of the design annual flow P=85% (m3/s) ..........................................................67 Table 27: Difference of evaporation losses between soil surface - water surface..................................67 Table 28:Flow of design/check flood crest in the works alignments .....................................................68 Table 29: Total volume of desgn/check flood in the works alignments.................................................68 Table 30: Sampling location for analyzing the quality of environmental components in the sub-project area .........................................................................................................................................................69 Table 31. Analysis results of air quality in the project area ...................................................................70 Table 32: Results of surface water quality analysis in the project area..................................................72 Table 33: Groundwater quality analysis results in the project area........................................................73 Table 34. Details of socio-economic conditions of the subproject communes in 2017 .........................76 Table 35: Number of interviewed households .......................................................................................79 v Table 36. Main occupations of labors (including members of households engaged in labor) ...............79 Table 37: Education level of household members .................................................................................80 Table 38. Access to health services ........................................................................................................81 Table 39. Water sources for living and production ...............................................................................82 Table 40: Types of latrine of surveyed households (% household) .......................................................82 Table 41: Average income per capita of the communes based on poverty line .....................................82 Table 42. Criteria for classification of negative impacts........................................................................84 Table 43: Impacts and scope of land acquisition ...................................................................................87 Table 44: Statistics of households affected by the sub-project ..............................................................88 Table 45. Volume of biomass generated during the preparation stage ..................................................89 Table 46. A summary of source of impact during construction phase ...................................................90 Table 47: Summary of volume of sources causing dust and air pollution .............................................91 Table 48. The concentration of pollutants in the air from the transport of construction materials is swept away by the wind .........................................................................................................................92 Table 49: Concentration of pollutants through transportation of materials from fuel consumption demand ...................................................................................................................................................92 Table 50: concentration of pollutants from the operation of construction machines .............................93 Table 51: Amount of dust arising from excavation activities ................................................................94 Table 52: The results of calculating noise level at its source during construction phase .......................95 Table 53: Prediction of noise level decreased by distance from source of generation ...........................95 Table 54: The vibration level of some typical construction equipment (10m away) .............................96 Table 55. Decrease of vibrationby distance in construction ..................................................................96 Table 56: Estimation of sources of water pollutants .............................................................................97 Table 57. Estimate of domestic waste stone and soil volume generated from construction activities of the sub-project ........................................................................................................................................99 Table 58. Location of borrow pits expected to be exploited to serve construction activities ..............101 Table 59: Demand for dumping and location of waste disposal sites under the subproject.................103 Table 60: Beneficial area and the number of households that can be affected by the interruption of the water supply during construction of the subproject .............................................................................104 Table 61: Specific impacts of the subproject .......................................................................................108 Table 62. Cost estimate for compensation and site clearance ..............................................................119 Table 63: Environmental Code of Practice (ECOPs) to minimize general impacts during the construction phase ................................................................................................................................121 Table 64: Impact mitigation measures for each specific site ...............................................................145 Table 65: Mitigation measures during the operation stage ..................................................................156 Table 66: Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders ...........................................................................159 Table 67: Reporting system requirements ............................................................................................164 Table 68: Summary of the content of quality monitoring of environmental components during the construction phase ................................................................................................................................170 Table 69: Summary of the ESMP implementation cost .......................................................................171 Table 70. Fund source for monitoring of ESMP ..................................................................................172 vi Table 71. Summary of mitigation measures.........................................................................................173 Table 72. Summary of the consultation results and feedback from the project owner ........................182 Table 73: Summary of results of consultation on environment and society of Ahs .............................186 vii LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1Location of works under the subproject....................................................................................18 Figure2: Noong Chay dam crest.............................................................................................................19 Figure 3: Noong dam slope of Noong Chay reservoir ...........................................................................19 Figure4: Holes causing losing of water in Noong Chay Reservoir ........................................................20 Figure5: Spillway of Noong Chay reservoir ..........................................................................................20 Figure6: Intake of Noong Chay Reservoir .............................................................................................20 Figure7: Management road of Noong Chay reservoir............................................................................21 Figure8: Dam crest of Xum Lo reservoir ...............................................................................................22 Figure9: dam crest of Xum Lo reservoir ................................................................................................22 Figure10: Spillway of Xum Lo reservoir ...............................................................................................23 Figure11: Intake of Xum Lo reservoir ...................................................................................................23 Figure12: Management road of Xum Lo reservoir ................................................................................23 Figure13: Dam crest of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir .........................................................................24 Figure14. Dam slope of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir .........................................................................25 Figure15: Spillway of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir............................................................................25 Figure16: Management road of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir .............................................................26 Figure17. Dam crest of No. 1 of Ban Cu reservoir ................................................................................27 Figure18. Dam crest No. 2 of Ban Cu reservoir.....................................................................................27 Figure19: Dam slope No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir.....................................................................................27 Figure20: Dam slope No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir.....................................................................................27 Figure21. Status of permeable occurring on slope and body of downstream slope of dam No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir ............................................................................................................................................28 Figure23: Spillway of dam No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir ...........................................................................28 Figure24: Spillway of dam No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir ...........................................................................29 Figure25: Intake No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir ............................................................................................29 Figure26. Intake No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir ............................................................................................29 Figure27. Management road of Ban Cu reservoir ..................................................................................30 Figure28: Dam crest of Xa Can reservoir ..............................................................................................31 Figure29. Dam slope of Xa Can reservoir ..............................................................................................31 Figure30: Spillway of Xa Can reservoir ................................................................................................31 Figure31: Intake of Xa Can reservoir .....................................................................................................32 Figure32: Dam crest of Ban O reservoir ................................................................................................33 Figure33: Dam slope of Ban O reservoir ...............................................................................................33 Figure34: Spillway of Ban O reservoir ..................................................................................................33 Figure35: Intake of Ban O reservoir ......................................................................................................34 Figure36: Dam crest of Na Bo reservoir ................................................................................................35 Figure37: Main dam slope of Na Bo reservoir .......................................................................................35 Figure38: Dam slope of Na Bo reservoir ...............................................................................................35 viii Figured39: Spillway of Na Bo reservoir ................................................................................................36 Figure40: Intake of Na Bo reservoir ......................................................................................................36 Figure41: Management road of Na Bo Reservoir ..................................................................................37 Figure42: Geographic location of Son La province ...............................................................................59 Figure 43: Structure of environmental management and supervision organization .............................158 Figure 44: Organizational chart of subproject safeguard performance ................................................159 ix EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. Introduction: The project of: “Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (DRSIP/WB8) funded by the World Bank is approved by Prime Minister through Decision No. 1858/QÄ?-TTg dated 02/11/2015 and the Feasibility Study Report of the project is approved by Minister of Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development through Decision No. 4638/QÄ?-NN-HÄ?QT dated 09/11/2015. 2. The subproject of: “Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La province has been issued Decision No. 2785/QÄ?-UBND dated 30/10/2017 by Son La PPC on approval of Feasibility Study Report. And Son La PPC has issued Decision No. 3107/QÄ?-UBND dated 29/12/2017 on assigning the Management Unit of Agriculture and Rural Development Works of Son La province to be the Investor and to implement the subproject. Accordingly, the subproject includes seven reservoirs and the implementation duration of the subproject is from 2018 to 2022. Table 1: The list of reservoirs under the subproject of “Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La provinceâ€? Capacity Grade of TT Name of works Work location (106m3) works IV Muoi Noi commune, Thuan Chau 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 0.4 district IV Chieng Mung commune, Mai Son 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 0.3 district Huoi Nha-Kho Mu IV Phieng Cam Commune, Mai Son 3 0.4 Reservoir District Ban Cu Reservoir IV Chieng Ban commune, Mai Son 4 0.1 (Reservoir No. 1) district Ban Cu Reservoir IV Chieng Ban commune, Mai Son 5 0.2 (Reservoir No. 2) district IV Muong Bon Commune, Mai Son 6 Xa Can Reservoir 0.2 District IV Muong Bon Commune, Mai Son 7 Ban O Reservoir 0.2 District 8 Na Bo Reservoir 0.548 IV Na Bo commune, Mai Son district 3. The status of reservoirs under the subproject “Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La provinceâ€?: Most of reservoirs are homogeneous dams which have been used for a long time and have not been upgraded, resulting in deterioration, damage, and weakness in preventing flood. Main items of the works are likely to cause unsafety. In addition, most of the works were built between 1994 and 2002. Basing on hydrological documents, natural conditions, design standards, it is no longer suitable for the situation of climate change, especially the current complex climate change. Facing with the above mentioned situation, the repairing, upgrading and ensuring of safety for the works are very necessary. Head works will be repaired and upgraded; ensured safety for reservoirs in exploitation and operation; ensured that water freely irrigates for 349.7 ha of agriculture land and improve watering frequency from 75% to 85%. Status of reservoirs is presented in details in items of 2.2.1. of this report. 4. Result of Environmental and Social survey: The subproject is not located in or near natural habitats and there is no rare or endangered animal in the subproject area. There is also no sensitive works and historical, cultural and religious site in or near subproject area. Regarding ethnic minority, six subproject communes having ethnic minority people include: Muong Bon, Chieng Mung, Chieng Ban, Na Bo, Phieng Cam and Muoi Noi. The subproject is only implemented upgrading of dams on 10 the existing reservoirs which have been carried out social and environmental screening and determined that the subproject doest not cause much effect on environment and society in the project area. The subproject is classified as Category B on environmental and social impact. Related policies triggered for the subproject include: OP/BP 4.01 on environmental assessment, OP 4.09 on pest management, OP/BP 4.37 on safety of dams, OP/BP 4.10 on indigenous peoples, OP/BP 4.12 on involuntary resettlement. 5. Social and Environmental Impact Assessment is to identify potential negative impacts of the subproject and to propose appropriate measures to control and manage such impacts to optimize the benefits of the subproject. 6. Environmental and social impacts of subprojects: The subproject causes both positive and negative impact. (a) Positive impacts: (i) The subproject will repair and upgrade safety of head works of reservoirs to ensure safety and serve production as well as living of people in downstream of reservoir in Muoi Noi commune, Thuan Chau district, Chieng Mung, Phieng Cam, Chieng Ban, Muong Bon, Hat Lot of Mai Son district and people in nearby affected areas; (ii) After being implemented, the subproject will improve the waster storing capacity of reservoirs, improve capacity of storing underground water in the nearby area; (iii) Regularly and sustainably provide irrigation water for agriculture cultivation area in the downstream area; (iv) Improve landscape in the reservoir area and provide habitat aquatic life. (b) Negative impact during the preparation and construction phase of the subproject: Potential negative impacts include: acquisition of production land of households in the subproject area with 7683 m2 of permanently acquired land and 1600m2 of temporarily acquired land which affects 31 households. The impacts related to construction activities such as noise, vibration, air pollution due to dust and emissions, water pollution, waste, plant and animal ecosystems, social risk due to site clearance and construction affecting traffic safety, community infrastructure, the risk of accidents, community conflict and infectious disease and disruption of business activities have been also determined and assessed in the report. However, the subproject’s works arescattered in six communes of two districts and the construction positions are mainly on agriculture land which are far from residential and important areas. Thus, it is assessed that the subproject activities will cause negative impacts in low and average level and it can be controlled if there is a suitable management plan. (c) Negative impacts during the operational stage: (i) risks to dam safety: it may happen the status of dam breaking or unusual flood discharge causing flood in downstream area; (ii) domestic waste form ecotourism tourists due to development of the service. (d) Long term impact: cause degradation of land in the construction site 7. Mitigation measures for impacts: To handle these impacts, an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been prepared as an integral part of this ESIA document with proposed institutional arrangements for impact management, environmental management and monitoring, reporting requirements, capacity building, budgeting for implementation. A separate Resettlement Action Plan/Compensation and Resettlement plan has been prepared to deal with the impacts of land acquisition. The following are the measures which need to be taken. A. Preparation phase - Implement RAP. - Consider to include environmental impact mitigation measures in technical design if any. - Consult people about the actual time of repairing dam with purpose of mitigating impacts in any time. - Include provisions on the implementation of mitigation measures in the bidding documents and construction contracts. Construction period: - Require the contractor to strictly and fully implement impact mitigation measures mentioned in Environmental Impact Assessment Report, Social Impact Assessment Report of the subproject and measures included in this report. 11 - Require contractor to conduct routine maintenance and repair of current construction roads. Operation stage: - Introduce and promote the method of integrated pest management in the areas of irrigation services. - PPMU frequently monitor to ensure that the damaged structures will be repaired and restored in accordance with approved dossier. 8. Implementation arrangement: Management Unit of Agriculture and Rural Development Works, Son La province (hereinafter referred to as PPMU) will be responsible for implementation and monitoring of ESIA. The PMU ensures that valid tender documents and contracts include environmental provisions for the contractor to comply. The contractor will carry out construction activities and comply with the environmental agreements in the contract. Especially, the Contractor shall prepare a site Environmental and Social Management Plan for the PMU to review and approve before commencement of works. PMU and consultants will closely monitor the compliance with mitigation measures agreed with the contractor. In addition, the compliance of the contractor will be closely monitored by Son La DONRE, local authorities and people. 9. Capacity development and training: Since Provincial Project Management Unit (PPMU) has been newly established to implement the subproject, safeguard capacity development and training for PPMU’s safeguard staff is necessary for the effective management of the subproject’s safeguard issues. A 2-day training course was delivered by WB’s safeguard specialists to PPMU’s safeguard staff who are responsible for environmental safeguards issues in order provide them with requirements on the WB’s safeguard policies related to subproject implementation, including OP/BP 4.01 (Environmental Assessment), OP/BP 4.04 (Natural Habitats), indigenous peoples (OP/BOP 4.10), involuntary resettlement (OP/BP 4.12), safety of dams (OP/BP 4.37), Projects on international waterways (OP/BP 7.50), Physical cultural resources (OP/BP 4.11) and Pest Management (OP 4.09). During subproject implemetation, CPMU and the consultants would continuously provide the technical assistance to PPMU safeguard staff and contractors to build the capacity for safeguard performance including environmental safeguard compliance and monitoring and dam safety risk management. 10. Public consultation and Information disclosure: In January 2018, the PPMU organized a total of six public consultation meetings in the subproject communes. The draft ESIA was sent to locally- affected people, local NGOs and authorities in six subproject communes for study before consultation meetings. The participants of the public consultation include representatives of local NGOs such as representatives of divisions of PC, persons in charge of management of residential group, Veterans' Association, women union, youth union, the elderly association and affected households. Final ESIA shall be locally disclosed on project’s website and subproject sites accessible to locally-affected people and local NGOs in Vietnamese language and on the Bank’s external website in English prior to subproject appraisal. 11. Cost estimation for ESMP implementation: ESMP implementation cost estimate includes costs for ESMP monitoring, mitigation measure implementation and capacity building. Mitigation measure implementation cost shall be included in the construction cost. The table below presents cost estimate for monitoring and capacity building activities. Table 2: Cost estimate for ESMP implementation No. Cost item Currency Amount Cost estimate for Contractor’s specific mitigation 1 VND 308,240,000 measures Cost for environmental monitoring during construction VND 2 1,097,464,000 phase 3 Cost for capacity building program VND 131,000,000 4 Contingency (10% of 1+2+3) VND 153,670,400 Total VND 1,690,374,400 12 CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION 1.1. Overview of the project 12. The Government of Vietnam has received a credit from International Development Agency (IDA)/ World Bank (WB), via Loan Agreement No.5749-VN signed on 8 April 2016 for financing Dam Rehabilitation and Safety Improvement Project. The project is implemented from 8 July 2016 until 30 June 2022. 13. The WB funded Dam Rehabilitation and Safety Improvement Project (DRSIP/WB8) was approved by the Prime Minister in the project list for pipeline of WB’s financing in Decision No.1858/QD-TTg dated 2 November 2015 and the Project Feasibility Study Report was approved by Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development in Decision No. 4638/QD-NN-HDQT dated 9 November 2015. 14. The project consists ofthree components and total investment cost of USD 443 million, including USD 415 million of ODA loan from WB and USD 28 million of counterpart fund. The funding allocations to Component 1, 2 and 3 are USD 412 million, USD 20 million and USD 11 million respectively. - Component 1: Dam safety rehabilitation, budget: USD 412 million. - Component 2: Dam safety management and planning, budget: USD 20 million. - Component 3: Project management support, budget: USD 11 million. 15. The project is implemented in three regions: i) Northern region covering the whole Red River Delta; ii) Central Region covering Central Northern and Middle areas and Central Southern coastal areas; and iii) Central Highlands area. These are regions with a large number of dams which were built a long time ago, have rarely received investments for repair or rehabilitation while being vulnerable due to natural disasters and subject to dam safety incidents. 16. The project shall assist to restore structure of the existing irrigation dams, most of which were built in the 1980s and 1990s. About 90% of the dams proposed to be rehabilitated are the earth and small dams with the height lower than 15m and design capacity of smaller than 3 million cubic meters (MCM). The proposed project will not support to change the structure or expand the dam for safety securing. Rehabilitation shall be limited to restoring structure of main and auxiliary dams, stabilizing dam slopes with concrete slabs or stone paving, strengthening and expanding the existing spillways to increase discharge capacity, renewing the existing intakes, replacing equipment and power system of the outlet/discharges and controlled spillway, uniting for leakage control and current access road improvement. 1.2. Approach and method of implementation 17. The Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) was implemented in accordance with World Bank regulations and in accordance with the Environmental and Social Assessment Framework approved by the World Bank. The ESIA steps have been carried out in accordance with the initial screening process to classify the magnitude of the subproject's environmental and social considerations, impact assessments, propose mitigation measures andestablish implementation plan. And the consultation of stakeholders and information disclosure have been also mainstreamed in this process. In addition, ESIA is also implemented in accordance with the guidelines of relevant policies and regulations of the Government. The purpose of implementing ESIA is to determine the scope, extent and importance of the environmental and social issue of the implementation of the project, being suitable with the nature, activities and characteristics of the subproject area to propose management plan and suitable implementation institution to propose the positive effects and control negative impacts as well as risks from the subproject. 1.2.1. Methods of social impact assessment 18. Social assessment (SA), which is implemented in parallel with environmental assessment of the sub-project, has two objectives: First, to review potential and negative impacts of sub-projects on the basis of sub-project implementation plans, and second, to seek potential negative impacts from 13 designing solutions and proposing community development activities that are relevant to the development objectives of the sub-project. Identification of negative impacts, and consultations with localities, Government agencies, project stakeholders, etc. will be undertaken to ensure that affected people are compensated and supported in a satisfactory and timely manner so that at least their socio- economic activities are recovered to a level equivalent to that before the project implementation and, in the long term, their livelihoods will not deteriorate, as a result of the sub-projects. 19. A part of the social assessment is ethnic minorities (EM) living in the sub-project area - they are assessed and confirmed their presence in the sub-project area through the screening of ethnic minorities (according to OP 4.10 of the Bank), the people will be informed prior to consultations in an appropriate manner to determine the support to the community when implementing the sub-project. Ethnic minority screening is implemented in accordance with the World Bank's OP 4.10 guidelines, and is conducted within the scope and area of social assessments corresponding to the scope of the environmental assessment (OP 4.01). 20. A Gender analysis is also implemented as part of the SA to describe gender characteristics in the sub-project area, enabling the integration of gender issues into promoting gender equality and further enhancing the effectiveness of developing the sub-projects in particular, and the whole project in general. Depending on the size of the Project's potential impacts, which have been identified, and the project development objectives, a gender action plan and a monitoring plan for gender action plan have been prepared. 21. To ensure that all potential impacts can be identified during project preparation, SAs are conducted through consultations with various sub-projects stakeholders. An important part of concern is households, who are potentially affected by the Project (both positively and negatively). The techniques used to make an SA include (i) reviewing secondary data, (ii) field observations; (iii) focus group discussions/ community meetings, (iv) in-depth interviews, and (v) household surveys. 1.2.2. Environmental impact assessment method 22. During the research, survey and preparation of ESIA report, the consultant team used a combination of the following research methods. (1) Rapid Assessment Method 23. The Rapid Assessment Method was issued by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 1993. The rapid assessment method is based on the nature of materials, technology, the rules of natural processes and experience to determine the pollutant load. 24. In Vietnam, this method has been introduced and applied in many ESIA studies, which performs relatively accurately the calculation of pollutant load under limited conditions of instrumentation and analysis. In this report, the pollutant load coefficients are taken from the WB's Environmental Assessment Sourcebook (Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, World Bank, Washington D.C, August 1991). (2) Impact matrix method 25. The correlation between the impacts of the project activities on each issue and each environmental component are build and shown in the impact matrix. Based on that, impact studies will be focused on details. (3) Comparative method 26. The comparative method is used to evaluate the environmental quality, effluent discharge quality, pollutant load, etc. on the basis of comparison with relevant environmental regulations and standards, regulations specified by MONRE and MOH, as well as related research and experiment topics. (4) Description of environmental system 27. Project components that affect the environment are identified. And waste streams and related environmental issues are also fully identified for detailed assessment. (5) Listing method 28. This method has been used extensively (since the National Environmental Protection Agency - NEPA has been established in some countries) and yielded positive results because of its many 14 advantages, such as clear approach, acute system during system analysis and evaluation. There are two main types of listing: one type is a listing table describing environmental components to be studied and information on measurement, prediction and evaluation, and another type is a simple listing table consisting of environmental components to be studied that are potentially impacted. (6) System analysis method 29. This method is applied quite extensively in environment sector. The advantage of this approach is the comprehensive assessment of impacts, which is very useful in identifying impacts and sources of wastes. This method is applied on the basis of considering sources of wastes, sources of impacts, affected objects, environmental components, etc. as elements in a system that are closely related to each other. From there, the impacts will be identified, analyzed and evaluated. (7) Community consultation method 30. This method is used during interviews with local leaders and people to collect necessary information for the Project's ESIA work and present benefits and possible negative impacts of the Project to the environment and people's life. Based on that, feedback on the project and local people's wishes will be aggregated. 31. In addition, local officials and local people will be exchanged and interviewed about socio- economic development situation, cultivation customs and environmental sanitation. (8) Methods of, synthesizing and analyzing information and data 32. This method aims at identifying and assessing natural and socio-economic conditions in the project area through the data and information collected from different sources such as statistical yearbooks, reports on socio-economic situation of the area, current status of the environment and relevant research works. (9) Field survey method 33. Field survey is required when carrying out the assessment of social and environmental impacts to determine the current status of the project area, related objects, and surveys to select locations for collecting samples, survey of water supply, drainage, electricity supply, etc. 34. The consulting firm has carried out topographical and geological surveys and collected hydro- meteorological data for design in accordance with the current standards of Vietnam. These survey results are used to assess the natural condition of the sub-project area. (10) Expert method 35. This method is carried out based on the knowledge and experience of environmental science of environmental impact assessment experts from the consulting firm and other scientific research agencies. (11) Sampling and analysis method in the laboratory 36. Sampling and analyzing environmental components (soil, water, air) are indispensable in identifying and assessing the quality of the background environment in the sub-project area. 37. After the field survey, the sampling and analysis program will be developed with the following main contents: sampling locations, measurement and analysis parameters, necessary equipment and tools, implementation time, sample preservation plan, analysis plan, etc. 38. For Son La sub-project, the consultant coordinated with the Environmental Monitoring Agency to monitor, collect and analyze samples of air, water and soil in the area of seven reservoirs to evaluate the quality of environment components. Collecting, analyzing and preserving samples are carried out in accordance with current Vietnamese standards. 1.3. Implementation arrangement of ESIA 39. Management of subproject - Management Unit of Agriculture and Rural Development Works, Son La province - Representatives of the project owner: Management Unit of Dam Rehabilitation of Son La province. 15 40. Consultant unit in charge of preparing the report - NewTech Construction and Trading Investment Joint Stock Company - Office address: No. 14, adjacent to No. 6, Dai Thanh urban area, Ta Thanh Oai commune, Thanh Tri district, Hanoi. - Represented by: Le Ba Huan Position: Director - Phone: 0982659368 Email: lbhuan@gmail.com 41. Joint-venture consultant in charge of preparing the report - LHC Viet Nam Trade and Investment Company Limited. - Office address: No. 38B, Alley 77, Xuan La Street, Xuan La Ward, Tay Ho District, Hanoi. - Representative by: Le Duc Huy Position: Vice Director - Phone: 0975121758 Email: huyldepc@gmail.com 42. Unit coordinating in performing environmental monitoring - Natural Resources and Environmental Engineering Limited Company A Member - Address: No. 236 Phong Dinh Cang, Vinh City, Nghe An Province. - Representative by: Pham Anh Tuan Position: Director - Phone number: 02386250236 Table 3:List of participants TT Full name Qualification Responsibility Doctor of 1 Tran Thien Cuong Environmental Summary of topics, write the ESIA report Science Field survey, socio-economic survey, community Master of 2 Le Duc Huy consultation, participation in preparing the social economics report Master of Field survey, community consultation, writing the 3 Le Ba Huan Environment environmental report Field survey, in charge of monitoring and analyzing Environmental 4 Nguyen Duc Anh samples, Participating in writing the environmental engineer report. Field survey, participating in writing report on 5 Vu Dinh Huu Irrigation engineer ecology and hydrology. Field survey, participating in writing report on 6 Pham Huu Nhu Irrigation engineer ecology and hydrology. Bachelor of 7 Nguyen Van Bang Supporting staff in charge of data synthesis Economic Bachelor of Supporting staff in charge of community 8 Le Ngoc Tien Irrigation consultation 16 CHAPTER II: SUBPROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1. Overview of the subproject 43. The subproject of Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement of Son La province is financed by the World Bank (WB) through the Credit Agreement No. 5749-VN signed on 8 April 2004 with the implementation duration of the subproject from 2017 to 2022. Pursuant to Decision No. 4638 / BNN- HTQT dated 09/11/2015 of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development, the subproject in Son La province is implemented in seven communes in the districts of Than Chau and Mai Son. 2.1.1. Name of the subproject - Dams Rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La Province. 2.1.2. Subproject owner - Subproject investor: Management Unit of Agriculture and Rural Development Works, Son La province - Address: No. 451- Chu Van Thinh road–Chieng Nghe ward – Son La city – Son La province - Tel/Fax: 02123754018 / 02123754019 2.1.3. OBJECTIVE OF THE SUBPROJECT a. Overall objectives 44. Support to implementation of program to ensure safety of water reservoirs through rehabilitation and upgrading of prioritized dams, strengthening management capacity and safe operation of dam to protect population and economic - social infrastructure in downstream area. b. Specific objectives - To ensure the safety of reservoirs of Noong Chay, Xum Lo, Huoi Nha Khu Mu, Ban Cu, Xa Can, Ban O; - To ensure safety and serve production and life for people in downstream areas of reservoirs in Muoi Noi commune, Thuan Chau district and communes of Chieng Mung, Phieng Cu, Chieng Ban, Muong Bon, Hat Lot in Mai Son district and residents of neighboring affected areas; - To ensure the implementation of the Ordinance on the Protection of Irrigation Works; - To reinforce the surface of the dam, the road surface to the dam, to install monitoring and supervision devices to facilitate the exploitation, management and promotion of reservoir works; - To improve the environmental landscape and infrastructure for economic development of the project area. 2.1.4. Geographical location of the subproject 45. The subproject of dam rehabilitation and safety improvement in Son La province consists of 07 works: Table 4: The geographic location of the repaired reservoir s of the subproject 17 Capacity Grade of TT Name of works Work location (10 6 m 3 ) works IV Muoi Noi commune, Thuan Chau 1 Noong Chay reservoir 0.4 district IV Chieng Mung commune, Mai Son 2 Xum Lo reservoir 0.3 district Huoi Nha-Kho Mu IV Phieng Cam Commune, Mai Son 3 0.4 reservoir District IV Chieng Ban commune, Mai Son 4 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 1) 0.1 district IV Chieng Ban commune, Mai Son 5 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 2) 0.2 district IV Muong Bon Commune, Mai Son 6 Xa Can reservoir 0.2 District IV Muong Bon Commune, Mai Son 7 Ban O reservoir 0.2 District 8 Na Bo reservoir 0,548 IV Na Bo commune, Mai Son district Figure 1Location of works under the subproject 2.2. The status of the works and auxiliary items 46. Some of the key technical parameters of subprojects are summarized in the following table. Table 5: Summary of the specifications of the reservoirs No Name of Basin Total Main dam Anxiliary dam 18 . area capaci the reservoir Height ty Length of Height of Length of dam dam of dam dam (kilometer2 (m (m ten6 m3 (m) (m) ) ) ) 1 Noong Chay 10.5 0.401 91 15 0 0 2 Xum Lo reservoir 3.0 0.202 50 9 0 0 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu 3 2.5 0.203 37.4 5 0 0 reservoir 71 / 8.4 / 4 Ban Cu 1 and 2 2.0 0.202 - - 86.3 9.1 5 Xa Can reservoir 12.7 0.201 45 5.6 0 0 6 Ban O reservoir 5.3 0.2 45 7 0 0 Na Bo Reservoir 7 2.0 0.397 47 10 65 5 2.2.1. Current status and upgraded work items of the subproject a. Noong Reservoir reservoir 47. Operation unit:Station of Exploitation and Protection of Irrigation Works of Thuan Chau District (i) Status of works: 48. Noong Chay reservoir was built in 1995 with a capacity of 0.401x10 6m3, dam length: L = 91m, dam height: Hmax = 15m 49. Main dam: The width of the dam crest is 5m, not hardened, it is very difficult to travel and operate the works. Upper slopeis paved by dry masonry which has been landslided. The downstream occurs many landslides. Toe drainis affected and changed its position which is not safe for the dam, there are signs of termites on the downstream of the dam. According to calculations, elevation of dam crest does not ensure safety corresponding to designing and checking flood frequencies. Figure2: Noong Chay dam crest Figure 3: Noong dam slope of Noong Chay reservoir 19 a) Upstream slope of dam b) Downstream slope of dam 50. In the reservoir, it occurs strong drainage status. The main reason is that the water escapes through some of the castor holes located to the left of the reservoir. Figure4: Holes causing losing of water in Noong Chay Reservoir 51. Spillway: Free overflow on the left shoulder of the dam has the width of 16.1m. The body of spillway is constructed bymotal cement. Stilling is made bychute + tank made of reinforced concrete rock. After many years of exploitation, it has been damaged and peelled; Soil and stone on both sides of slopes have been fallen into spillway. The results of the current hydraulic overflow calculation show thatwater overflows on upstream slope of dam corresponding to design discharge flow. Figure5: Spillway of Noong Chay reservoir 52. Intake: Located on the right of dam with diameter of ï?†300, pressure mode, the form of opening and closing by the downstream valve. The regulating valve can not be closed and it occurs status of leakage in intake. It occurs status of sedimentation in upstream of intake and can not get water in accordance with the design. It occurs damage inside the intake causing erosion under the dam body. The damage causes unsafety for dams. Figure6: Intake of Noong Chay Reservoir 20 a) Upstream of intake b) Downstream of intake 53. The operation house has not been constructed. There has been no monitoring equipment. The management road to dam has the length of 2 km and currently it has been reinforced about 1km and the remaining length is earth road which needs to be upgraded. Figure7: Management road of Noong Chay reservoir (ii) Construction items of Noong Chay reservoir 54. Earth dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam, increase and widen the width of surface of dam toward downstream and dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with the thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre- cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +705.5 m. The upper layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +707.5 m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 55. Spillway: Remove the plaster layer on two sides of the wall of spillway,making roughness for concrete of the bottom of old spillway, recover the entire wall and the bottoms of old spillway by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm, widen the chute to 10m, newly construct stilling basin by reinforced concrete M200. 56. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of stell pipe D = 350mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered byconcrete M250. The opening and closing device is downflow cone valve. Upstream is construected by bulkhead and trash rack. 57. Processing of the casto hole in the reservoir: Technical solution: Drilling, grouting cement mortar on the whole leakage area. Use anti-leakage fabric to spread the entire leakage area, then cover the soil to protect the anti-leakage fabric with thickness of 50cm. The upper layer of soil is a layer of rock with thickness of 30cm. 58. Operation and management works: New construction of management house at the right shoulder position, area of 45m2, grade IV, with electricity and water system for daily life and reservoir management. The road to the dam surface with the length of 1.352,4m is constructed by concrete M250 with thickness of 18 cm. 59. Monitoring equipment: Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific 21 specifications: - Water level monitoring: manual monitoring by water column system; In upstream, it shall be arranged along the upper dam up slope and near the ladder steps for taking water; In the downstream, itis arranged along the outlet of the stilling basin of spillway. - Saturation monitoring in the dam body and pressure permeable on the dam foundation: manual observation with battery operated measurement coil; The monitoring route is arranged in the main cross-section of the dam, including 01 location at the upstream, 03 downstream positions; - Land surveying: Benchmarks: 03 landmark posts on the shoulder of the dam; The route and landmarks monitoring movement are arranged in coincidence with the route and landmarks monitoring subsidence (0.5m from the edge to the downstream). The density ofmonitoring landmarks is of 20m / landmark. - Horizontal movement monitoring: Benchmarks: 03 landmarks arranged on the shoulder of the dam; The route and landmarks monitoring movement are arranged in coincidence with the route and landmarks monitoring subsidence. - Hydrographic, hydrological, meteorology monitoring: Arrangement of manual station measuring rain in the area of management house. - Observation of the aperture of the intake: small intake should be visuallyobserved and measured by steel tape. - Monitoring of the opening of spillway: Free overflow, no monitoring system is arranged. b. Xum Lo reservoir (i) Status of construction: 60. Reservoir Xum Lo was built in 2000, with capacity of 0.202x106m3, dam height: Hmax = 9.0 m, length of dam face: L = 50 m 61. Main Dam: By homogeneous soil. Dam crest has the width of about 3.5m whichhas been not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Slope of upstream dam is constructed by dry mansonry which has been landslide and peeled. There are many landslidepositions in downstream slope. Trees grow on the dam slope. No drainage system is arranged inthe downstream. There are signs of termites on the downstream of the dam. According to calculations, elevation of dam crest does not ensure safety according to the design flood frequency. Figure8: Dam crest of Xum Lo reservoir Figure9: dam crest of Xum Lo reservoir 22 (a) Up stream slope of dam (b) Downstream slope of dam 62. Spillway: The spillway is on the right shoulder of the dam, the width of the spillway is 5m which is reinforced bycement VXM M75 with thickness of 2cm. Stilling yard is reinforced by stone mixing with concrete RC M200. After many years of putting into operation, the mortar stonehas been peelled. Stilling yard is sendimented. Soil on both sides of the right slope is fallen into spillway. Waterpermeates along the body of spillway. Figure10: Spillway of Xum Lo reservoir 63. Intake: The intake is located on the right of the dam with a small diameter ofï?†300mm and pressure mode. The form of opening is by the valve at downstream. Regulatory valve is damaged, can not close. It occurs leakage on the left shoulder adjacent to the hillside. Figure11: Intake of Xum Lo reservoir a) Upstream intake c) Downstream intake 64. Operation works:The operation house has been not built. The operation road to dam has the length of 1km. At present, the earth road has been not upgraded which needs to be improved. Figure12: Management road of Xum Lo reservoir 23 (ii) Construction items of Reservoir Xum Lo 65. Earth dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam, increase and widen the width of surface of dam toward downstream and dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with the thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre- cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +705.5 m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +707.5 m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 66. Spillway: Remove the plaster layer on two sides of the wall of spillway, making roughness for concrete by concrete M200, newly construct stilling basin by reinforced concrete M200, newly construct bridge over spillway with the width of 5m, length of 5.2m by concrete M200. 67. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of steel pipe D = 800mm, thickness of 7mm and outside is covered by concrete M250. The downstream valve and flat valve in the upstream tower. 68. Operation and management works: New construction of management house at the right shoulder position, area of 60m2, grade IV, with electricity and water system for daily life and reservoir management. The road to the dam surface with the length of 1.167,6m is hardened with the width of road bed of 4.0m, width of road surface of 4m; structure: concrete road surface M250 with thickness of 18cm. 69. Monitoring equipment : Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. c. Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir (i) Current status of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir: 70. It was built in 2000, with a capacity of 0.203x106m3, dam length: L = 37.4m, dam height: Hmax = 5m 71. Earth Dam: By homogeneous soil. Dam crest has the width of about 4m which has been not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Dam is permeated through foundation and body of dam with large flow; wall of downstream and upstream slope is subside. Cracking occurs on body of dam. There is no protection covering on dam surface and downstream slope of dam. There are signs of termite on surface of downstream slope of dam which does not ensure safety in accordance with design and checking flood frequency. Figure13: Dam crest of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 24 Figure14. Dam slope of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir a. Upstream slope of dam b. Downstream slope of dam 72. Spillway: Free spillway is on the right shoulder of the dam, the width of the spillway is 2.0m which is reinforced by concrete and stone. After many years of putting into operation, the mortar stone has been peeled and body of spillway has been seriously damaged. There is no stilling works behind spillway which does not ensure flood drainage. Figure15: Spillway of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 25 73. Intake: The intake is located on the right of the dam with a small diameter of ï?†200mm and pressure mode. Outlet and body of intake are damaged. It occurs leakage from body of intake to downstream; downstream valve is damaged which cannot regulate water. 74. Operation and management works: management and operation house has been not constructed. The operation road to dam with the length of 1.2km is the earth road which has been not reinforced and needs to be upgraded. There is no monitoring equipment. Figure16: Management road of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir (ii) Construction items of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 75. Earth dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam. It is conducted antileakage by grouting cement mortar. Dam height is increased and dam surface is widened. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of 1095,5m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +1096,2m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 76. Spillway: newly construct spillway on the right abutment of dam. The form of spillway is the spillway with large crest with chute, stilling basin and structure of concrete M200. 77. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of steel pipe D = 300mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered by concrete M250. The upstream is arranged by bulkhead and trash net. 78. Operation and management works: New construction of management house at the right shoulder position, area of 45m2, grade IV, with electricity and water system for daily life and reservoir management. The management road to the dam surface with the length of 1.230,6m is hardened. Road surface is concreted by concrete M250 with the thickness of 18cm. 79. Monitoring equipment : Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. d. Ban Cu reservoir (i) Current status of Ban Cu Reservoir: 80. Operator unit: Station for exploitation and protection of irrigation works of Mai Son district 81. The Ban Cu Reservoir was built in 2002. Ho consists of 02 terraces on the same stream, terrface 1 at the elevation +853.4m, terrace 2 at elevation +770.5m, the total capacity of the reservoir : 0.202x106m3. The area of basin to step 1 is 1.8ha, the area of the basin between the two terraces is 0.28ha, the total area of basin to the second terraceis 2.08ha. Spillway of terrface 1 discharge into the reservoir bed of terrface 2. Dam length: Lfirst = 71m; L2 = 86.3m. Height of dam: Hmax1 = 8.4m; hourmax2 = 9.1m; 82. Earth Dam: By homogeneous soil. Dam crest has the width of about 3- 4m which has been not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Upstream slope of dam is constructed by dry masonry which has been landslide and peeled. There are 26 many positions being landslide in downstream slope. Grass plant on the slope. Dam No.1 and 2 are permeable through body of dam and foot of dam. For Dam No. 2, it occurs permeable status through the adjacent part between spillway and body of dam with a large flow. Figure17. Dam crest of No. 1 of Ban Cu reservoir Figure18. Dam crest No. 2 of Ban Cu reservoir Figure19: Dam slope No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir a. Upstream slope of dam b. Downstream slope of dam Figure20: Dam slope No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir 27 a. Upstream slope of dam b. Downstream slope of dam Figure21. Status of permeable occurring on slope and body of downstream slope of dam No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir Figure 22. The permeable status on slope and foot of downstream dam No. 2 of Ban Cu reservoir 83. Spillway contains 2 positions: Spillway 1 is located on the left side of the dam with the width of 7m, reinforced with cement mortar. The spillway 2 is on the right of the dam, the width of 8m, reinforced with cement mortar. After many years of putting into operation,it has been occurred the status of peelingmortar, lack of capacity of discharging flood. Outlet and body of spillway are seriously damaged and there is no stilling for spillway. Figure22: Spillway of dam No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir 28 Figure23: Spillway of dam No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir 84. Intake: Location of the intake is on the left of the dam with diameter of intake of reservoir No. 1 of ï?†200, and reservoir No. 2 of ï?†300. Pressure mode, the form of opening by regulating valve. Intake of reservoir No.1 is completely damaged. Regarding intake No. 2, outlet and body of intake are damaged. It occurs status of permeable along body of intake to downstream; downstream valve is damanged without capacity of regulating water. Figure24: Intake No.1 of Ban Cu reservoir Figure25. Intake No.2 of Ban Cu reservoir 29 85. Management house: The management house has not been built yet. The road to the dam has the length of 800m which is the earth road and has not been invested in upgrading. The road needs to be upgraded and improved. Figure26. Management road of Ban Cu reservoir 86. Monitoring equipment: No equipment. (ii) Construction items of Ban Cu 1 and 2 87. Earth dam: including two dams: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream and downstream of dam. It is conducted antileakage by grouting cement mortar for dam No.2. Dam height is increased and dam surface is widened toward downstream in accordance with design cross-section by embankment soil with capacity of ï?§tk ≥ 1,61 T/m3, coefficient of tight compaction of K ≥ 0,97. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of 848,6m (dam 1) and elevation of 762,9 (dam 2). The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +849m to the foot of the dam 1 and from +764,5m to the foot of dam 2 with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 88. Spillway: it is dismantled old spillway 1 and newly constructed spillway on the right abutment of dam with the form of side spillway, chute, stilling basin and structure of concrete M200. Spillway 2 is widened chute and newly constructed stilling basin; structure of concrete M200. 89. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of steel pipe D = 300mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered by concrete M250 (the thickness of bottom is 25cm, and the thickness of both sides and on the crest of intake is 20cm) with equipment of closing and opening valve in downstream. 90. Operation and management works: management and operation house is arranged in Xum Lo reservoir with area of 60m2, grade IV, with electricity and water system for daily life and reservoir management. The management road to the dam surface with the length of 886,4mis hardened, the width of foundation is 4.5m; the width of road surface is 3.5m; the width of road side is (2*0.5)m. Structure: road surface is concreted by M250 with thickness of 18cm. 30 91. Monitoring equipment : Arrange for two dams, equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. e. Xa Can reservoir (i) Status of works: 92. Operator unit: Station for exploitation and protection of irrigation works in Mai Son district. 93. Reservoir Xa Can was built in 1995, with a reservoir capacity of 0.201x106m3, length of dam: L = 50.5m, height of dam: Hmax = 5.6m 94. Earth Dam: By homogeneous soil. Dam crest has the width of about 3.5m which has been not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Upstream slope of dam is constructed by dry masonry which has been landslide and peeled. There are many positions being landslide in downstream slope. Grass plant on the slope. There is no drainage works in downstream of dam, it occurs status of termite on surface of downstream of dam. According to calculation of elevation of dam crest, it does not ensure safety in accordance with design and checking frequency. Figure27: Dam crest of Xa Can reservoir Figure28. Dam slope of Xa Can reservoir a) Upstream slope of dam b) Downstream slope of dam 95. Spillway: The spillway is located to the left of the dam. The width of spillway: The spillway was built in 2015 with the width of 8m and reinforced concrete structure. Figure29: Spillway of Xa Can reservoir 31 96. Intake: The intake is located on the right side of the dam with a small diameter ï?†200mm and pressure mode without regulating valve. Body of intake is damaged and it occurs leakage along intake body to downstream. Figure30: Intake of Xa Can reservoir a) Intake observed from upstream b) Downstream intake 97. Operation works:Management house has been not constructed. The operation road to dam has the length of 100m. Currently, it is the earth road and has been not reinforced which needs to be upgraded. 98. Monitoring equipment: No monitoring equipment. (ii) Construction items of Xa Canreservoir 99. Earth dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam. Dam height is increased and dam surface is widened. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +543m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +545m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 100. Spillway: keep the status, increase of chute to be suitable for new dam slope. Structure of stone M100. 101. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of stell pipe D = 300mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered by concrete M250. Closing and opening device: downstream valve. The upstream is arranged by bulkhead and trash net. 102. Operation and management works: general management house in Xum Lo reserviur with area of 60 m2, grade IV, with electricity and water system for daily life and reservoir management. The management road is connected from dam crest to the current concrete road with the length of 22m with the concrete structure the same as the structure of dam crest. 32 103. Monitoring equipment : Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. f. Ban O reservoir 104. Operation unit: Station for exploitation and protection of irrigation works in Mai Son district (i) Status of works: 105. The reservoir was built in 1996, with a reservoir capacity of 0.2x106m3, dam length: L = 45m, dam height: Hmax = 7m. 106. Earth Dam: By earth dam. Dam crest has the width of about 4m which has been not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Upstream slope of dam is constructed by dry masonry which has been landslide and peeled. There are many positions being landslide in downstream slope. Grass plant on the slope. There is no drainage works in downstream of dam, According to calculation of elevation of dam crest, it does not ensure safety in accordance with design and checking frequency. Figure31: Dam crest of Ban O reservoir Figure32: Dam slope of Ban O reservoir a) Upstream slope of dam b) Downstream slope of dam 107. Spillway: The spillway is located on the left side of the dam with the width of 15m, reinforced by cement mortar stone. Stilling yard is constructed by concrete mixing with stone,. After many years of putting into operation, it has been downgraded. The stilling yard has been seriously eroded and leakage status occurs along body of spillway. Figure33: Spillway of Ban O reservoir 33 108. The intake is located on the left side of the dam (under the gate of spillway) and pressure mode without regulating valve. Body of intake is damaged and it occurs leakage along intake body to downstream. Figure34: Intake of Ban O reservoir 109. Operation works: Management house has not been built. Road management is the route to the dam with the length of 100m. Currently, it is the earth road and needs to be upgraded. 110. Monitoring equipment: no monitoring equipment. (ii) Upgraded items 111. Earth dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +553,5m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and to plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +554,1m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 112. Spillway: newly construct spillway in the form of spillway with large crest, connecting with chute and stilling basin. Structure of reinforced concrete M200. 113. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of stell pipe D = 300mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered by concrete M250. Closing and opening device: downstream valve. The upstream is arranged by bulkhead and trash net. 114. Operation and management works: general management house in Xum Lo reserviur with area of 60 m2, grade IV. The management road is connected from dam crest to the current concrete road with the length of 15m with the concrete structure the same as the structure of dam crest. 115. Monitoring equipment : Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. g. Na Bo Reservoir 34 (i) Current status of Na Bo Reservoir : 116. Operator unit: Station for exploitation and protection of irrigation works of Mai Son district. 117. The Na Bo Reservoir was built in 1994. Total capacity is 0.397x106m3. Main dam length: Lfirst = 47m, height: Hmax = 10m. Anxiliary dam has the length: L2 = 65m, height: Hmax = 5m 118. Earth Dam: By homogeneous earth dam. Dam crest has the width of about 3.5m which has been paved by ballast and not hardened. In rainy season, it is difficult to travel and conduct monitoring and operation of the works. Upstream slope of dam is constructed by dry masonry which has been landslide and peeled. There are many positions being landslide in downstream slope. Grass plant on the slope. It occurs status of termite on surface of downstream slope of dam. Structure of drainage is damaged and has no capacity of draining. According to calculation of elevation of dam crest, it ensure safety in accordance with design and checking frequency. Figure35: Dam crest of Na Bo reservoir a. Main dam b. Anxiliary dam Figure36: Main dam slope of Na Bo reservoir a) Upstream slope of dam b) Downstream slope of dam Figure37: Dam slope of Na Bo reservoir 35 a) Upstream slope of dam b) Downstream slope of dam 119. Spillway: The spillway is located on the left side of the dam, the width of the spill is 7m. The spillway is reinforced by masonry and stilling yard is structured by natural soil. Gate of spillway is damaged and body of spillway made bymasonry is peeled. There are many cracks on body of spillway; stilling on the natural ground is seriously eroded. Figured38: Spillway of Na Bo reservoir 120. Intake: Located on the left side of main dam with small diameter of ï?†500mm and pressure mode without regulating valve. The body of intake is damaged and broken. It occurs leakage status along body of intake to downstream. Figure39: Intake of Na Bo reservoir 121. Operation works: The management house has not been built. The operation road to the dam has the length of 400 meters. Currently, it is the ballast road which needs to be upgraded and improved. 36 Figure40: Management road of Na Bo Reservoir 122. Monitoring equipment: No monitoring equipment (ii) Construction items of Na Bo Reservoir 123. Main dam: To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam. Dam surface is widened toward downstream. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +733m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and to plant grass for protection. Drainage in downstream is from the elevation +734m to the foot of the dam with structure of 30cm thickness of stone laying on filter rocks and filter sand. 124. Anxiliary dam:To deal with termites in the body of the dam, it needs to remove the covering layer at the upstream of dam; embank downstream slope of dam; reinforce to protect dam surface and downstream and upstream slope. Dam surface is widened toward downstream. Dam crest is reinforced by concrete M200 with thickness of 20cm. Upstream slope is reinforced by pre-cast concrete M 200 from the elevation of dam crest to the elevation of +735m. The under layer is lined by ballast and geotextile. Downstream slope is constructed drainage ditch and to plant grass for protection. 125. Spillway: newly construct spillway in the form of spillway with large crest, connecting with chute and stilling basin. Structure of reinforced concrete M200. 126. Intake: It is newly constructed intake on the existing intake with structure of stell pipe D = 300mm, thickness of 5mm and outside is covered by concrete M250. Closing and opening device: downstream valve, flat valve in the upstream tower. 127. Operation and management works: general management house in Xum Lo reservoir.It is hardened management road on dam surface with the length of 735,6m. Concrete road surface M250 with the thickness of 18cm. 128. Monitoring equipment : Arrange for two dams. Equip with equipment to be suitable for current standards. Specific specifications are similar to the works of Noong Chay reservoir. 2.2.2. Construction methods 129. The subproject design provides options taking into account scenarios and the risks due to climate change impacts on the construction items; Study on the change of climate factors is presented in the item of status in the subproject area as a basis for selecting the optimal design options. The impact of climate change on the area in the recent time is mainly related to changes in rainfall causing floods, landslides and droughts. 130. Construction measures shall be implemented to avoid the time when there is a need for use of water for agricultural activities, to minimize impacts on the production of the irrigation area under the 37 upgraded works. Construction measures include the following main steps: - Excavation, road preparation, construction road, excavation of dam body, spillway, road foundation; - Embankment: Depending on the construction conditions (construction site, construction width, embankment volume, ...), each item has appropriate construction methods. - Construction work of cofferdam: The cofferdam is made of embankment soil from borrow pits. - Formwork, scaffolds and bridges - Reinforcement work - Construction work of concrete - Construction, paving and construction of filter cloth, gabion. 2.2.3. Description of auxiliary works 2.2.3.1. Borrow pit and dumping site a. Volume of excavation and embankment 131. The volume of excavation andbackfilling of reservoir s is as follows: Table 6: Volume of excavation and backfilling Volume m3 TT Name of work: Excavation soil Backfilling soil Total 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 33320.78 31014.71 64335.49 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 15050.55 13464.13 28514.68 3 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu Reservoir 14914.86 13134.34 28049.2 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 1) 26815.95 25,419.98 52235.93 4 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 2) 8407.69 6583.03 14990.72 5 Reservoir Xa Can 15422.74 14658.35 30081.09 6 Ban O Reservoir 5952.3 4057.32 10009.62 7 Na Bo Reservoir 14874.07 13114.54 27988.61 Total 134758.9 121446.4 256205.3 Source: Basic design explanation b. Location of borrow pits and dumping sites 132. Borrow pit: The backfilling soil will be reused from excavated soil. However, many types of soils do not meet the technical requirements. As a result, backfilling soil is exploited from borrow pits near construction site which is from 200 m to 2 km far from the construction site. The borrow pit is under the land of the People's Committee in the subproject area. The investor has reached necessary agreement with locality in using these mines. 133. Waste dumping site: waste soil from the construction site will be disposed at the waste dumping sites near construction site. Waste land is under the management of the People's Committees of the sub-communes. The investor has reached necessary agreement with locality in using these mines. 38 Borrow Supply source pits and TT Name of works Distance and route dumping sites Land under management of People's Committee Distance of 200m Borrow pit of Muoi Noi commune. The borrow pit is mainly located along the left abutment of the dam. - Transportation on the reservoir 's management road Noong Chay 1 reservoir Land under management of Muoi Moi CPC in - Distance of 3.5km Dumping Phieng Bong village, Muoi Noi commune site - Transportation on inter-communal road, reservoir management road Land under management of Chieng Mung CPC. Distance of 200m Borrow pit The borrow pit is mainly located along the right bank of the reservoir Transportation on the reservoir 's management road Xum Lo 2 reservoir Distance of 1.5km Dumping Location of the borrow pit is under land of Mr. site Ha Van Thoat (Noong Ba site) - Transportation on inter-communal road, reservoir management road Land is under management of Phieng Cam CPC. Distance of 200m Borrow pit The borrow pit is located on the right side of the Huoi Nha – Kho road to the reservoir Transportation on the reservoir 's management road 3 Mu reservoir Land is under management of Phieng Cam CPC Distance of 600km Dumping at position of P21, Km 0+640 of road to Huoi site Transportation on inter-village road Nha – Kho Mu reservoir Land is under management of Chieng Ban CPC. Borrow pit is on the right abutment of dam with distance of Borrow pit The borrow pit is located on the right bank of 200m Reservoir No.2 Transportation on management road of Ban Cu reservoir 4 Ban Cu reservoir Expected location of borrow pit: under land plot Dumping No. 07,BD 02, area of 3700m2 belonging to land Distance of 900m site of Mr. Tong Van Phieng transfering to Mr. Le - Transportation on inter-village road Van Thao. Xa Can Land under management of Muong Bon CPC. It 39 5 Borrow pit - Distance of 1km Reservoir is near Muong Bon CPC Transportation on inter-commune road Dumping Land under management of Muong Bon CPCin Distance of 2km site Xa Can village, Muong Bon Commune Transportation on inter-commune road Land under management of Muong Bon CPC on Distance of 200m Borrow pit the left abutment of dam - Transportation on management road of Ban O reservoir Ban O 6 Land under management of Muong Bon CPCin Distance of 2km Reservoir Dumping Ban O village, Muong Bon Commune site - Transportation on inter-communal road, reservoir management road Land under management of Na Bo CPC, Distance of 0.7km Borrow pit Subzone 8, capacity of 10000m3 Transportation on inter-commune road 7 Na Bo Reservoir Land under management of Na Bo CPC, Distance of 1.5km, in Ban O village, Muong Bon commune Dumping Subzone 8, capacity of 1200m3 site - Transportation on inter-communal road, reservoir management road Table 7. Location of borrow pit and dumping sites 40 2.2.3.2. Volume of materials 134. Details of the volume of materials serving the subproject are presented in the following tables: Table 8: Volume of construction materials Unit:m3 Types of Noong Xum Lo Huoi Ban Cu Ban Cu Xa Can Ban O Na Bo materials Chay reservoir Nha Kho (Reservoir (Reservoir reservoir reservoir Reservoir reservoir Mu No. 1) No. 2) reservoir Brick 278.3 193 174.5 44:36 188.8 29.1 38.3 193.3 Sand 2341.5 1856.9 1242.9 2248.1 916.3 923.7 960.6 1596.5 Stone 8980.8 5930.7 4246.6 6419.5 2447.8 1634.1 2453.8 5350.9 135. Demand for consumption of fuel is mainly diesel which is forecasted in the following table: Table 9. Forecasting of diesel consumption in construction activities at the construction site Forecasting ofdiesel consumption TT Items Diesel liter Liter / h m3/hour Kg / h 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 193,258 67.1 0.067 58,.29 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 66,735 23.2 0.023 20.01 Huoi Nha Kho Mu 12.8 0.013 11.31 3 Reservoir 36.760 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 1) 99,998 34.7 0.035 30.45 4 Ban Cu (Reservoir No. 2) 55,322 19.2 0.019 16.53 5 Xa Can Reservoir 35,331 12. 3 0.012 10.44 6 Ban O Reservoir 56,924 19 0.020 17.4 7 Na Bo Reservoir 73,275 25.4 0.25 21.75 Remark: 1 working shift is 8 hours. Oil density is 870 kg / m3 (Source: Petrolimex, 1994). 136. In which, source of supplying fuel is mainly from areas near the rrowkrs and source of supplying other materials such as bricks, sand, cement, steel ... is from the center of the project districts with the distance of 12 km to 50 km. Details of the supply sources are shown in the following table. Table 10: List of address of material supply Area of supply No. Items Material Distance and transportation route source Electricity, gasoline, Muoi Noi - At construction site water for construction commune Noong - Transport distance is about 22.5 km. In 1 Chay which in direction of NH6 is 19km and Reservoir Center of Thuan direction of inter-village road is 3.5km Other Materials Chau district (1km of length is the earth road). - 7 ton of truck Xun Lo Electricity, gasoline, Chieng Mung 2 - At construction site reservoir water for construction Commune 41 Area of supply No. Items Material Distance and transportation route source - Transport distance is about 15,25 km in whichNH6 is 13km, inter-village road is Other Materials Mai Son district 2.25km (500m of length is earth road). - 7 ton of truck Electricity, gasoline, Phieng Mai - At construction site water for construction commune - Transport distance is about 50km. In Huoi Nha which the it is along NH6 to km 293 + 3 – Kho Mu 500, turning to 4G to km35 + 100, reservoir Center of Mai turning to provincial road 113 then Other Materials Son district turning left 27.8 km, turning left 1.2 km to the dam. - 7 ton of truck Electricity, gasoline, Chieng Ban - At construction site water for construction commune Ban Cu - Transport distance is about 31km. In (Reservoi which, the direction along NH6 is 25km 4 r No. 1 Center of Mai and along the inter-village road is about and No. Other Materials Son district 6km (about 750m of length is the earth 2) road). - 7 ton of truck Electricity, gasoline, Muong Bon - At construction site water for construction Commune - Distance of transportation is about Xa Can 5 15km. In which, the direction along Reservoir Center of Mai Other Materials NH6 is 10km and along inter-village Son district road is about 5km. - 7 ton of truck Electricity, gasoline, Muong Bon - At construction site water for construction Commune - Distance of transportation is about Ban Ỏ 6 15km. In which, the direction along Reservoir Center of Mai Other Materials NH6 is 10km. Along the inter-village Son district road, it is about 5km. - 7 ton of truck Electricity, gasoline, Na Bo - At construction site water for construction commune - Distance of transportation is about 7 km. Na Bo In which, the direction along NH6 is 7 Reservoir Center of Mai 1km, Along the inter-village road, it is Other Materials about 6km (about 400m is the aggregate Son district road. - 7 ton of truck 2.2.4. List of expected machinery and equipment 137. The number of machines mobilized to construct the project items depends on the progress of 42 construction of different work item.The change depends on the construction time on the site. In order to meet the construction progress and complete the construction volume of items, basing on the terrain of the site, the nature of work and the source of material supply, it is necessary to arrange the main equipment and machines for implementation such as dump truck with 5 ton and 7 ton; excavator of 0.83-1.25m3, rammer, roller, air Diesen compressor 600m3 / h, 110CV bulldozer, 110CV leveler and 1.6 m3 excavator. Equipment and machines used for road construction, management and installation of monitoring systems include: truck, watering machine 5m3, rollers, 110CV bulldozers and 130- 140CV spreaders, concrete mixers (operate by electricity of11kWh, batteries), boats (if any).Details are presented in the table below: Table 11 .List of construction machines of the subproject No. Workers and construction equipment Status 1 Crawler crane 16T New 70% 2 Crawler crane 25T New 70% 3 Rammer New 70% 4 Digger 2.3m3 New 70% 5 Compressor 16T New 70% 6 Compressor 9T New 70% 7 Vibratory roller 10T New 70% 3 8 Spreader 50-60m /h New 70% 9 Bulldozer 108CV New 70% 10 Bulldozer 75CV New 70% 11 Excavator1.25m3 New 70% 3 12 Cement crew conveyor 6m New 70% 13 Dump truck 12 ton New 70% 14 Dump truck 7 ton New 70% 15 Compressor 360m3/h New 70% Source: SIR 2.2.5. Demand of housing for workers and labor camp 138. The demand of workers for construction of each item at the peak hour is about 150 people. Most of the subproject sites are located in the areas favorable to stockpiling of materials as well as locating of worker camps. Table 12. Expected number of construction workers at the site Number of workers No. Items (person) 1 Noong ChayReservoir 150 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 62 3 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu Reservoir 40 4 Ban Cu 1Reservoir 84 5 Ban Cu 2 Reservoir 62 6 Xa Can Reservoir 15 43 Number of workers No. Items (person) 7 Ban O Reservoir 42 8 Na Bo Reservoir 50 2.3. Material transportation plan 139. Construction materials will be gathered at the site about one week before commencement of works. Construction materials will be transported to the site at the time of avoidance of negative impacts on agricultural activities and the daily life of local people. Workers, machines and materials are presented in the sections above. 2.4. Operation and maintenance activities 140. Periodic monitoring of dam safety: Once the water is stored and the dam is operated. The dam owner is responsible for dam safety monitoring. This work is done by a qualified independent specialist who is not involved in the survey, design, construction or operation of the dam. After regular operation, regular inspections of the dam, including pre-flood and post-flood safety inspections, are carried out in accordance with the Government Decree (No. 72/2007 / ND-CP) on Dam Safety Management. 141. Upon completion of the works, the operation of the dam will be the responsibility of the dam owner and the responsibility of the PPMU will then be terminated. 142. Process of reservoir and valve operation: The dam owner has to establish water regulation processes for reservoir, regulations on the storing and discharge of water under normal conditions and in emergency situation, then submit them to the competent State’ agencies for approval and implementation arrangement. The dam owners must establish and submit to competent authorities official documents on the operation and the process of operation of valve gate of each works (referred to as operation of works). Other issues should be addressed under the Government's Decree 72/2007 / ND-CP on dam safety management. 2.5. Dam safety plan 143. A Dam Safety Report (DSR) will be prepared for the subproject as required by the WB Safeguard Policy OP/BP 4.37. The objectives of the Dam Safety Report (DSR) are to present, analyze and propose recommendations on: a) all conditions that may affect dam safety and its associated facilities; b) Damage caused by breaking of the dam or anxiliary workswhich cannot regulate due to natural conditions, human errors or structural faults; and c) the institutional framework (at the present time and in the future) which is necessary to avoid or minimize adverse impacts on the safety of the dam. 144. After completion of the review at the stage of subproject screening, the CPMU under MARD should provide a DSR for each subproject identified during the project implementation process and sent to the PoE (international dam safety team) and the World Bank for review. Reports must include findings and recommendations for any related safety issues, necessary actions to be taken. Dam measures should be integrated into the design, construction and operation of the reservoir. 145. Review and analysis of dam structure safety: The review and evaluation of dams and related works will include, but is not limited to, the following: - Review the geological and material survey materials. It is noted that the potential adverse effects may occur by known geological features. Assessment of unforeseen conditions and measures to address issues related to safety and operation of the dam and related works. - Assess the suitability of types of dam and spillway, the response to dam design, including proposed measures for foundation treatment, embankment, selected load supporting parameters of foundation, permeability and measures of controlling floating pressure. It should be noted about the safety point for any abnormalities or omissions and propose measures to be taken. 44 - Assess the stability, analysis of intensity and safety factors in normal, abnormal and extreme load supporting conditions for earth dams and concrete dams, spillway structure and drainage works, including the definition of geological impact criteria. - Consider the factors of stability of reservoir, landslide formation, waves, and its effects on dam stability; - Consider the hydrological calculation method to determine the flood design of the project, the reservoir and the size of the spillway. Review the design of spillway structure including flow condition and stilling works. Assess the discharge capacity of the spillway corresponding to all flood design without damaging to the dam. - Consider inlet and discharge works including hydraulic designs, discharge capacity of reservoir in case of emergency, and sedimentation processes. - Assess the design of spillway and outlet controlling equipment, including the selection of the number and type of outlets and valves, lifting equipment and other types of control structures. Particular attention should be given to the back-up system to operate spillway with gates and discharge works when there are operational and electrical problems. - Review the design of the diversion works, construction progress, hydrology and risk factors related to diversion in the construction process and filling of flow at the stage of starting storing of water. - Check the suitability of measurement equipment, especially those instruments or markers which are required in forecasting of serious hazards or dam breakage. - Review the operation and maintenance processes and emergency response plans of the dam owners, including the assessment of operation and maintenance factors of subproject related to dam safety and assessment of capacity of staff in charge of operation in order to regularly implement maintenance and checking of dam safety. 146. Review and assessment of risks related to dam safety: In addition to ensuring dam safety structure, it needs to be assessed the potential risks of the dam to people and the environment in downstream of the dam, including related structures. Damage may not occur but will result in serious damage in case of breaking. For this content, during project preparation, as part of the DSR or environmental and social management plan, the subproject investor should conduct a potential risk assessment for the residential area in the downstream. For large dams which are at high risk to dam safety, it needs to be fully collected data during the preparation process, including topographic survey and the use of land in downstream toemulate a situation of dam breaking and flooding in downstream in different conditions and scenario to servethe preparation of the Emergency Response Plan. Data collection from upstream dams and / or watershed activities may be also necessary for some dams. Planning and implementation of capacity building programs for subprojects with pilot activities to promote active participation of local communities should be considered. Communities living around the dam site can participate in day-to-day monitoring, protect dam from external destructive activities, and participate in simple maintenance tasks. A participatory model of community in dam safety activities should also be considered. Sedimentation and contamination of upstream water may be a serious problem for some river basins. The management and operation Unit of the dam must commit to allocate funds for appropriate dam operation and management and to periodically check the dam's safety. 2.6. Subproject implementation progress: 147. The subproject implementation duration is from 2018 to 2022 Table 13: Subproject implementation progress Items Implementation time Completion of FS and Investment Plan to submit 08/2017 to the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development and the World Bank for approval It is expected that the Ministry of Agriculture 09/ 2017 45 Items Implementation time and Rural Development and the WB will approve the FS and the Investment Plan PPC approves FS and the Investment Plan 10/2017 Complete and approve construction drawing 12/ 2017 design Bidding for construction and installation From 01/2018 ÷ 02/2018 (competitive bidding-NCB) Sign construction and commencement contract 05/ 1818 Complete construction 05/ 2019 Source: SIR 2.7. Investment capital: 148. The total need of investment capital is VND 140,880,000,000 Table 14: Investment capital No. Items of cost Unit Value 1 Compensation and site clearance VND 500,000,000 2 Construction VND 101,738,609,000 3 Project management VND 1,757,303,000 4 Construction investment consultancy VND 8,525,277,000 5 Others VND 5,669,391,000 6 Contingency VND 22,689,420,000 Total VND 140,880,000,000 Source: Investment project explanation 46 CHAPTER III: POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 149. The activities of the subproject should be in line with the policy framework of the World Bank and the Government of Vietnam. Accordingly, at the stage of identifying the subproject, it needs to be screened to identify the scope and requirements for implementing the ESIA. - For the compliance with the requirements of the Government of Vietnam: An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report was prepared and approved by the People's Committee of Son La Province in Decision No. 961 / QD-UBND dated 02/05/2018 during the project preparation stage. - For the compliance with World Bank requirements: An ESIA report conforming to the Social and Environmental Framework is approved by the World Bank and related policies have been triggered for the project. In addition, dam safety plan, resettlement plans, ethnic minority development plans, integrated disease management plans have been also implemented. 3.1. Applicable national policy, administrative and legal framework a. Environment • Environmental protection law No. 55/2014 / QH13 regulating on strategy environment assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection commitment. Environmental report should be prepared simultaneously with establishment of investment projects (feasibility report). • Decree No. 18/2015/ NÄ?-CP dated 2015/02/14 on planning of environmental protection, strategy environment assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection plan. • Circular No. 27/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 29/05/2015 on strategy environment assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection plan. • Circular No. 24/2017/TT-BTNMT dated 01/09/2017 on environmental monitoring technique. • Circular No.: 26/2015/TT-BTNMT on detailed environmental protection plan and simple environmental protection plan. • Circular No. 16/2009 / TT-BTNMT dated 07/10/2009 by Ministry of Environmental and Natural Resource on regulation and national technical standards on environment, quality of air and toxic in ambient environment. • Decision No. 22/2006 / QÄ?-BTNMT dated 25/12/2006 by Ministry of Environmental and Natural Resource applying Vietnamese standards on environment. • Direction No. 26/ CT-TTg dated 25/08/2014 on implementing environmental protection law. b. Land use and land acquisition • Land law No. 45/2013/ QH13 issued on 29/11/2013 by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam. • Decree No. 01/2017/NÄ?-CP dated 06/01/2017 on revision and supplementation of some decrees on details of implementing land law. • Decree No. 43/2014/ NÄ?-CP dated 2014/05/15 on executing land law 2013. • Decree No. 44/2014/ NÄ?-CP dated 15/05/2014 on the method of adjusting land price; establishing and adjusting land price; valuing specific land price and land price value. • Decree No. 47/2014/ NÄ?-CP dated 2014/05/15 on regulations on compensation, assistance and resettlement when land is acquired by the State. • Decree No. 37/2014/ NÄ?-CP dated 30/06/2014 on details of compensation, assistance and resettlement when land is acquired by the State. • Circular No. 33/2017/TT-BTNMT dated 29/09/2017 on details of decree No. 01/2017/NÄ?-CP 47 dated 06/1/2017 by the Government on revision and supplementation of some decrees on executing land law and revising as well as supplementing some articles of circulars on executing land law. • Circular No. 23/2014/ TT-BTNMT dated19/05/2014on land use right, owning right of land and assets on land. c. Construction • Construction law No. 50/2014/ QH13 dated 18/08/2014 by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam. • Decree No.46/2015/ NÄ?-CP dated12/05/2015 on management and maintenance of construction works. • Decree No.37/2015/NÄ?-CP dated22/04/2015 on construction contract. • Decree No. 59/2015/ NÄ?-CP dated18/06/2015 on management and investment of construction projects. d. Water resources, forest protection, culture and heritage, biodiversity • Water resource law dated 21/06/2012. • Decree No.35/2015 / NÄ?-CP dated 13/04/2015 by the Government on management and use of land for growing rice. • Decree No.43/2015 / NÄ?-CP dated06/05/2015by the Government on management of water resource protection corridor. • Decree No.201/2013/ NÄ?-CP dated 27/11/2013 by the Government on regulating on details of executing some water resource laws. • Law on protection and development of forest No. 29/2004 / QH11 approved by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam dated 03/12/2004. • Decree No. 23/2006 / NÄ?-CP dated 2006/03/03 by the Government on Law on protection and development of forest. • Decision No. 57 / QÄ?-TTg dated 09/01/2012 by Prime Minister of the Government of Vietnam on protection and development of forest to 2011-2020. • Law on Cultural Heritage No. 28/2001 / QH10 issued by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam dated 2001/07/12. • Law No. 32/2009/QH12 dated 18/06/2009 by the National Assembly on revision and supplementation of some articles of Cultural Heritage law which is taken effect from01/01/2010. • Biodiversity law No. 20/2008 / QH12 issued by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 13/11/2008. e. Regulations on dam safety • Decree No. 72/2007/ NÄ?-CP dated 07/05/2007 by the Government of Vietnam on management of dam safety. • Circular No. 33/2008/TT-BNN guiding on implementation of some articles under Decree No. 72/2007/NÄ?-CP dated 07/5/2007 by the Government on management of dam safety. • Order No. 32/2001/PL-UBTVQH10 dated 04/04/2001 by the Standing Committee of the National Assembly on exploitation and protection of irrigation works. f. Resettlement policy • Decision No.36/2015 / QÄ?-TTG dated10/12/2015 on policy on occupational training and job creation for labor whose land acquired. • Decree No. 47/2014/NÄ? – CP dated 15/05/2014 on compensation, assistance and resettlement 48 when land is acquired by the State. • Circular No. 37/2014 / TT-BTNMT dated 30/6/2014 on compensation, assistance and resettlement when land is acquired by the State. g. Gender policy • Law No. 73/2006 / QH11 on gender equality by National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, at the 10th session of the Legislature on November 29, 2006. • Marriage and family law No. 52/2014/QH13 issued by the National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 19/06/2014. • Decree No.126/2014 / NÄ?-CP dated 31/12/2014 regulating in details of some articles and measures of executing marriage and family law. • Decree No. 55/2009 / NÄ?-CP on sanction of administrative violation on gender equality. • Decree No. 48/2009 / NÄ?-CP on some measures of ensuring gender equality. • Circular No.11/2014 / TT-BTP dated17/04/2014 on ensuring gender equality in legal aid. • Decision No. 2351 / QÄ?-TTG dated 24/12/2010 by Prime Minister on approval of National Strategy on gender equality (NSGE) in the period of 2011-2020 h. Ethnic minorities and ethnic minority development policy • Decision No. 1956 / 2009 / QÄ?-TTg dated 17/11/2009 by Prime Minister on approval of overall plan on occupational training for rural labor to 2020 • Resolution No. 30a / 2008 / NQ-CP by dated 27/12/2008 by the Government on sustainable poverty reduction program for the 61 poorest districts. • Decree No. 60/2008 / NÄ?-CP dated 9/5/2008 by the Government on function, tasks and entitlement and structure of the Ethnic Committee. • Decision No. 06/2007 / QÄ?-UBDT dated 12/1/2007 by the Ethnic Committee on communication strategy for program 135, phase 2. i. Policies related to subproject implementation • Decision No. 1858/QÄ?-TTg dated 02/11/2015 by Prime Minister on approval of the list of the project “Dam rehabilitation and safety improvementâ€? (WB8), funded by WB; • Decision No. 4638/QÄ?-NN-HÄ?QT dated 09/11/2015 by Minister of Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development on approval of feasibility report of the project “Dam rehabilitation and safety improvementâ€? (WB8), funded by • Decision No. 01/2016/NQ-HÄ?ND dated 31/3/2016 by Provincial People’s Council on implementation of re-lending mechanism of Dam rehabilitation and Safety Improvement (WB8), Son La province • Decision No. 5492/QÄ?-BNN-HTQT dated 30/12/2015 by Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development on approval of dam safety framework, Dam rehabilitation and safety improvementâ€? (WB8), funded by World Bank. • Basing on Agreement No. 5749 – VN for the project “Dam rehabilitation and safety improvementâ€? signed 8/4/2016 between the Government of Vietnam and International Development Association. • Official letter No. 7402/BNN-TCTL dated 01/9/2016 by Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development on agreement on the list of reservoirs under the subproject of Dam rehabilitation and safety improvement (WB8), Son La province. • Basing on Decision No. 794/QÄ? – SNN dated 6/12/2016 by Department of Agriculture and Rural Development on establishment of project management unit “Dam rehabilitation and safety improvement (WB8), Son La provinceâ€? 49 • Decision No. 3348/QÄ? – BNN – TCTL dated 10/8/2017 by Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development on approval of implementation plan 2017, the project of dam rehabilitation and safety improvement, funded by WB. j. National Standards - Water: • QCVN 01:2009/BYT: National technical standard on quality of drinking water • QCVN 02:2009/BYT: National technical standard on quality of domestic water • QCVN 08:2015/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of surface water • QCVN 09:2015/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of underground water • QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of domestic water • QCVN 39:2011/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of water used for irrigation - Quality of air: • QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of air • QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT: National technical standard on some toxic in ambient air • TCVN 6438:2001: Maximum limit for emissions for road vehicles. - Soil environment • QCVN 03:2015/BTNMT: National technical standard on limit of heavy metals in the soil • QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT: National technical standard on quality of sediment - Management of solid waste: • TCVN 6696:2009: Solid waste–clearing of waste. General requirement on environmental protection. - QCVN 07:2009: National technical standard on hazardous waste - Vibration and noise: • QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT: National technical standard on vibration • National technical standard QCVN 24:2016/BYT on noise - Permissible Exposure Levels of Noise in the Workplace. • QCVN 26: 2010 / BTNMT –National regulation on noise (changing for TCVN 5948: 1999 Noise and vibration due to traffic activities–permissible calculation). Health and labor safety: • National technical standard No. QCVN 21:2016/BYT on High Frequency Electromagnetic - Permissible Exposure Level of High Frequency Electromagnetic Intensity in the Workplace. • National technical standard No. QCVN 22:2016/BYT on lighting - Permissible Exposure Level of lighting in workplace. • National technical standard No. QCVN 23:2016/BYT on Exposure - Permissible Exposure Level of exposure in workplace. • National technical standard No. QCVN 24:2016/BYT on noise - Permissible Exposure Level of noise in workplace. • National technical standard No. QCVN 25:2016/BYT on industrial frequency Electromagnetic - Permissible Exposure Level of industrial frequency Electromagnetic in workplace. • National technical standard No. QCVN 26:2016/BYT on microclimate – permissible value of microclimate in workplace. 50 • National technical standard No. QCVN 27:2016/BYT on vibration - permissible value in workplace. The compliance with the implementation of social and environmental impact assessment • The environmental and social impact assessment of the subproject will be carried out in compliance with the environmental assessment process of World Bank and the Government of Vietnam. In particular, the environmental and social impact assessment of the subproject has to be complied with the environmental and social management framework of the project which has been reviewed and approved by the World Bank. Social and environmental screening will be conducted for each subproject to determine the appropriate size and type of environmental assessment. Based on that, the TOR will be prepared for environmental and social impact assessments in accordance with the scale of the subproject and the expected potential impacts from the subproject implementation. Environmental and social screening will be conducted by safeguard policy specialists of World Bank. The TOR for Environmental and Social Impact Assessment will also be reviewed and approved by the World Bank Safeguard Specialists prior to the implementation of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. In the process of environmental and social impact assessment, consultations with affected people and local NGOs should be conducted. The environmental and social impact assessment report will be publicly disclosed at the sub-project sites accessible to locally-affected people and local NGOs in Vietnamese language and on the Bank’s external website in English version prior to the appraisal of the subproject. 3.2. Safeguard Policy of the World Bank The objective of these policies is to prevent and mitigate unexpected adverse impacts on the people and the natural environment during the implementation process. Safeguard policy provides the basis for the participation of the stakeholder in designing the project and acting as an important tool for building ownership among local people. 150. The effective impact and development of the Bank's projects and programs has increased significantly as a result of attention to these policies. World Bank’s safeguards policies are available on the website at http://web.worldbank.org. 3.2.1. Project level 151. Social and environmental screening of the project was implemented in compliance with OP4.01 (Environmental Assessment) and showed that OP4.04 (Natural Habitats), Physical cultural resources (OP/BP 4.11), indigenous peoples (OP/BP 4.10), involuntary resettlement (OP/BP 4.12), safety of dams (OP/BP 4.37), Projects on international waterways (OP/BP 7.50), and Pest Management (OP 4.09) are triggered. According to social and environmental screening results, the project is classified as Category A. In addition, the project also needs to be complied with requirement of the WB on community consultation and information disclosure. 3.2.2. Sub-project level 152. The subproject only carries out the rehabiliatation of the existing dams. Environmental and social screening has been done and confirmded that the subproject would not cause significant environmental and social impacts.The subproject is classified as Category B. The following safeguard policies are triggered unde the subproject. Environmental safeguard policies OP / BP 4.01 Environmental Assessment - OP 4.09 Pest Management - OP / BP 4.37 Safety of Dams Social safeguard policies - OP / BP 4.10 Indigenous peoples - OP / BP 4.12 involuntary resettlement OP / BP 4.01 Environmental assessment 51 153. This policy is considered throughout the process of identifying, preventing and mitigating the potential negative environmental and social impacts associated with the Bank's lending activities. In activities of the World Bank, the purpose of environmental assessment is to improve decision making and ensure that project options are being reviewed and sustainable and that the community, which is likely to be affected, must be consulted. The borrower is responsible for performing the environmental assessment (EA) and the Bank will advise the borrower at the request of the Bank. Borrowing projects are proposed in four categories, it is depended on the location, sensitivity, scale of the project, and the nature and extent of potential environmental impacts, including projects A, B, C and F,I. 154. This sub-project triggers OP 4.01 as it relates to the construction and operation of reservoirs which would cause potential negative social and environmental impacts. Basing on the environmental screening results, the subproject is classified B in terms of environment. As specified in OP 4.01 and the Environmental Assessment of the Government of Viet Nam, the subproject prepared ESIA in compliance with the Environmental and Social Management Framework that meets government regulations and requirements of safeguard policy. Upon review and approval, the ESIA report of this subproject will be publicly posted to the locality in the project area to ensure that affected people and local NGOs can access it and through the World Bank website. OP / BP 4.09 Pest Management 155. The purpose of pest management policy is to minimize and manage the environmental and health risks associated with the use of pesticides, promote and support safe, effective and friendly pest management with environment. The purchase of pesticides in a World Bank-financed project must be assessed the nature and extent of the related risks, taking into account the proposed and intended use. To manage pest affecting one of the two sectors of agriculture or public health, the WB supports a strategy to promote the use of biological control methods and reduce dependence on pesticides as well as chemistry. In World Bank financed projects, the borrower will deal with pest management issues in line with the environmental assessment context of the project. In the process of appraisal of a project related to pest management, the Bank will evaluate the borrower's capacity, legal and institutional framework to promote and support a secure pest management program in efficient and environmentally friendly manner. The subproject has no related activities for the use of pesticides however this policy is triggered for the subproject with consideration of the increase in activity and intensity of agricultural activities in the subproject in the beneficiary area which is a consequence of improving the operational capacity of the sub-projected reservoirs and use of some chemicals to kill termites. OP / BP 4.37 Safety of Dams 156. This policy is triggered for the whole project because of the safe operation of the dams is related to socio-economic development and the environment. The proposed dam safeguard policy is based on the opinion of experienced and responsible experts in the design and construction supervision of the borrower through the dam safety measures and implemented throughout the project cycle. This policy is also applied to the rehabilitation and improvement of existing dams, which affect the performance of a project. In this case, a dam safety assessment should be undertaken and additional dam safety measures should be proposed. OP 4.37 recommends that, in appropriate circumstances, WB staff will discuss with the customers the necessary measures to strengthen the institutional, legal and regulatory framework for dam safety programs. This policy is triggered for the subproject because the proposed activities of the sub-project are related to the rehabilitation and upgrading of existing reservoirs. OP / BP 4.12 Involuntary resettlement 157. Voluntary Resettlement Policy is to address long-term difficulty and poverty and environmental impacts on affected people during the resettlement process. OP 4.12 is applied regardless of whether the affected person is relocated or not. The World Bank describes all processes and results of "involuntary resettlement", or simply resettlement, even when APs are not required to relocate. Resettlement is considered as involuntary when the Government has the right to acquire land or other assets, and when the affected people have no choice to maintain their livelihood. 158. This policy is applied because this subproject causes the effects of permanent involuntary or temporary involuntary land acquisition and the loss of land-related structures and assets to construct 52 the subproject. After appraisal, the subproject is prepared and disseminated the Resettlement Policy Framework and Resettlement Plan. The Resettlement Policy Framework and Resettlement Plan include measures to ensure that displaced persons (i) are informed of resettlement options; (ii) consulted and selected alternative resettlement options; and (iii) compensated and restored livelihood. OP 4.10 Indigenous peoples 159. The policy of defining ethnic minorities can be defined in particular geographical areas by the presence of varying degrees of the following characteristics: - Ties as closely as members of the different indigenous cultural group and are recognized for this feature by others - Lives in concentration in an environment which is different fromgeography or territory inherited by the ancestors in the project area and to be close to the nature of the habitat and territory. - Culture, economy, society or political institutions are different from those of the majority of cultures and societies. - Ethnic minority language differs from the official language of the region or country. 160. The required condition for approving the investment project: OP 4.10 requires the borrower to undertake consultations and disclosures with ethnic minorities that may be affected and establish a broad community support model for the subproject and its objectives. The project financed by the Bank shall include calculations to (a) avoid potential negative impacts on ethnic minority communities; or (b) when avoiding is not feasible, measures should be proposed to minimize, mitigate, or compensate for impacts. 161. This policy is applied because there are 26 ethnic minority households directly affectedby the land acquisition activities of the sub-project. World Bank Group EHS Guidelines 162. Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) of the World Bank Group (WBG) / International Finance Corporation (IFC) was launched in 2008 which is an important guideline on the protection of environment, health and safety in industrial development and other projects. This guideline sets out the goals that need to be achieved and what measures need to be taken to bring the best results at a reasonable cost. This guideline can be found at the website http://www.ifc.org. The Bank policy on Access to Information 163. In addition to the environmental safeguard policies, to promote transparency and accountability, the World Bank also issues the policy on access to information relating to proposed safeguards measures. The WB sets out this policy to support borrower in decision-making by allowing borrowers access to information on the social and environmental aspects of the project at the website with the native language which is easy to understand and intuitive. The WB ensures that the relevant environmental and social safeguard documents related to the project as well as the preparation procedures related to the subprojects are introduced in a timely manner prior to the appraisal. Information access policy requires disclosure of information in both English and Vietnamese languages and meets World Bank standards. Table 15: A summary of the WB & GOV processes Vietnam The stages in the WB environmental (Regulated in Decree No. (OP / BP 4.01 on Environmental assessment process 18/2015 / ND-CP, Circular Assessment) 27/2015 / TT-BTNMT) Screening List (A, B, C, FI) Items of I, II, III and IV of Decree 18/2015 / ND-CP. It is not mandatory for each specific case to classify and apply Regulations in items of I, II safeguard policy, and determine and III- List of projects 53 environmental assessment tool requiring SEA and EIA, (EA). support for submission and approval. The World Bank will classify a proposed project into one of four All projects are not listed. categories including A, B, C, or FI Frequently, the project owner depending on the type, location, self examines the project sensitivity, and scale of the project based on the classification as and the nature of the project and stated in Decree 18/2015 / the importance of potential ND-CP and consultsthe environmental impacts. Department of Natural Type A: Requirement for full Resources and Environment Environmental Impact Assessment. (DONRE) or the Vietnam In some cases, the Environmental Environment Administration and Social Management framework (VEA). ) to categorize is also required. suitably and requirements on EA report of the project such Type B: ESIA, Environmental and as: Social Management framework or Environmental and Social • Project included in Management Plan is mandatory. In Annexes of I, II, III: SEA or most cases, it is required , EIA is neccessary Environmental and Social • The project in Annex Management framework or IV: does not require EIA Environmental and Social and EPP. Management Plan. • Projects not included in Type C: no action of EA. Annexes I, II, III and IV: List FI: The Environmental and Requirement on EPP Social Management Framework is the most commonly used tool. In the case of a number of sub-projects that have been identified before the appraisal, the FI will prepare specific tools based on frameworks, such as ESIA or the ESMP. Environmental Depending on the impact of the The types of EA tools such as assessment tool project, a range of tools are used to SEA, EIA or EPP are defined meet the World Bank's in Annexes I, II, III and IV of requirements, including: social and Decree 18/2015 / ND-CP. environmental management framework; specific environmental assessment; social and environmental management plan; Regional and sectoral EA; Risk or hazard assessment; Environmental audit. The World Bank provides general guidelines for implementing each tool. Scope of The World Bank helps the borrower - TOR for EA are not required. environmental draft the TOR for EA and Normally, after consultation assessment determines the EA scope, with the local DoNRE or the procedures, timeline and outline of Environmental Department the EA report. about the type of EA, the project For Category A projects, ESIA owner will prepare an EA TORs will be required, and the report. 54 determination of scope and consultancy will be prepared to prepare TORs for environmental assessment reports. Public consultation. During the EA process, the borrower - Project owners have a must consult with affected groups responsibility to consult with and local NGOs on the the Committee of the people's environmental aspects of the project communes, wards and towns and focus on their views. (hereafter referred to collectively as commune) For Class A projects, the Borrower where the project is shall consult these groups at least implemented, with the twice: (a) immediately after the community or organization environmental inspection and before directly affected by the the EA TOR is completed; And (b) project; Study and receive once a draft EA report has been comments and reasonable prepared. In addition, the borrower requirements of the related will consult with these groups units to mitigate the negative throughout the project impact of the project on the implementation process as needed to environment nature, address issues related to EA that biodiversity and health of affect them. community. For Category B projects, at least one - The directly affected community consultation is required. Commune People's For meaningful consultations, the Committee where the borrower provides relevant project projectis implemented and documentation in a timely manner organized will be consulted. before consulting in a form and The project owner is language that the group can responsible for submitting the understand and approach. EIA report to the commune- The minutes of the public meeting level People's Committee are included in the report. where the project was implemented and organized under the direct impact of the project, with attachment of a written request for comment. Within 15 working days from the date of receiving EIA report, commune-level People's Committees and organizations under the direct impact of the project are obliged to submit their responses if they do not approve the project. - Consultation with the community on the direct impact of the project is conducted in the form of a community meeting co- chaired by the investor and the Commune People's Committee where the project is implemented along with the participation of the 55 associations such as: the Vietnam Fatherland Front, socio-political organizations, socio-professional organizations, residential areas, villages / hamlets of the Commune People's Committee. All opinions of participants in the meeting must be fully and truthfully presented in the minutes of the meeting. Public information Before the World Bank conducts the After the EIA report is project appraisal, the EA report must approved, the project owner is be publicly disclosed to the project responsible for preparing, affected groups and local NGOs in approving and publicizing his order for them to be easily EMP at the local Commune accessible. When the World Bank People's Committee office. officially receives the report, the Make sure everyone is World Bank will publish the report informed, inspected, in English to the public via posting monitored. (Article 16 of on the Bank's website. Decree 18/2015 / ND-CP). Independent For Class A projects, the borrower Not specified in the policy of environmental retains independent EA experts who Vietnam. monitoringspecialist have no contact with the project to The project owner must either implement EA. implement or hire a For projects of Class A which are at consultancy unit which meets high-risk or multi-dimensional the conditions set out in environmental concerns, the Clause 1, Article 13 of Decree borrower will also hire a No. 18/2015 to prepare EIA consultative group of independent reports. The project owner or environmental experts with unit providing consulting international qualification toconsult service must meet the on aspects of the EA-related project. following requirements: (i) the officer responsible for EIA Specialist/consultancy firm will be must have at least a Bachelor's selected through a bidding process degree and certification of under a strict monitoring by the EIA; (ii) Has the officers with World Bank. project related qualification with university level or more; (iii) Has the laboratory, standard test equipment being confirmed to be eligible to perform measurement, sampling, processing and analysis of environmental samples to serve the environmental impact assessment of the project; in case of not having the laboratory, it must hire a contract with capacity unit to provide standard equipment for measurement. 56 Review / Approval The World Ban will review the The Ministry of Natural Process of EA findings and recommendations of Resources and Environment EA to determine if they provide shall appraise and approve sufficient basis for the project's EIA report of projects handling of the Bank or not. When specified in Annex III of this the borrower has completed or Decree, excluding projects completed a part of the with defense and security environmental assessment work contents. before the Bank participates in a Ministries and ministerial- project, the Bank will consider the level agencies shall appraise environmental assessment to ensure and approve EIA reports on its consistency with this policy. The projects falling under their Bank may, where appropriate, competence for investment request additional environmental approval, except for projects assessments, including public included in Annex III of this consultation and disclosure. Decree; Provincial People's Committees shall appraise and approve EIA report of projects in the province, except for the projects mentioned above. The appraisal will take place no later than 45 working days at MONRE level and 30 working days at DoNRE level and 5 working days at district level upon receipt of full Environmental Impact Assessment or EPP. The number and Number of copies not specified. The project owner must language of the EA / submit at least seven Language requirements: English and EIA needed to be Environmental Impact Vietnamese. EA reports in evaluated Assessment reports Vietnamese are required for (depending on the number of domestic disclosure and must be in members of the appraisal English for publication on the World council) and a feasibility study Bank website. or technical report of the proposed project. Contents of EA For Category A projects, the The content of the EA report reports contents of the EA report is in should be consistent with accordance with Annex B of Circular 27/2015 / TT- OP4.01. BTNMT. The scope of EA for a B-type project may vary by project, but the EA scope is narrower than the A- type project. The Social- Environmental ManagementPlan is an integral part of EA of Category A ( regardless of other tools used). EA for Category B projects may also be an Environmental and Social Management Plan (EMP) with the content set out in Annex C of OP 57 4.01. Monitoring of EA During the implementation of the Local DONREs are assigned project, the World Bank supervises to monitor the environmental the implementation of compliance of the project. environmental aspects on the basis When completing the of environmental regulations and the construction stage of the project borrower prepares the project, the Environmental reportsin accordance with the loan Management Agencies will agreement and it is described in coordinate with the other project documents to Construction Management determine whether the compliance Agencies to monitor of the borrower's Environmental compliance with the Procedures (mainly EMP) is environmental management satisfactory or not. If the compliance activities in the IA. is not satisfactory, the World Bank will need to discuss with the borrower to ensure the compliance. 58 CHAPTER IV: NATURAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OF THE SUBPROJECT AREA 4.1. Natural environment 4.1.1. Geographical location 164. Son La is a mountainous province in the north-west region ofVietnam. Son La has a national boundary of 250 km, borders with other provinces in 628 km length. The province has 12 administrative units (1 city, 11 districts) with 12 ethnic groups. Son La has an area of 14125 km² accounting for 4.27% of thetotal area of Vietnam, ranking the third in total of 63 provinces and cities. Geographic coordinates: 20039 '- 22002' north latitude and 103011 '- 105002' east longitude. Its administrative boundaries as follows: - Bordering with Yen Bai, Dien Bien, Lai Chau provinces in the north; - Bordering with Phu Tho, Hoa Binh provinces in the east; - Bordering with Dien Bien province in the west; - Bordering with Thanh Hoa and Huaphanh (Laos) provinces in the south; - Bordering with Luangprabang (Laos) in the southeast; Figure41: Geographic location of Son La province 165. The topography of Son La province is divided into areas with different ecological features. The province has two large plateaus namely Moc Chau and Na San. Moc Chau Plateau has an average elevation of 1,050 m above sea level, characterized by temperate climate, fertile soil favorable for growing tea, fruit trees and dairy farming. Na San Plateau has an average elevation of 800m, runs along the National Highway 6, fertile soil favorable for growing sugarcane, coffee, mulberry, mango, longan, pineapple.. 59 166. The subproject "Dam rehabilitation and dam safety enhancement (WB8) of Son La provinceâ€? located in two districts: Mai Son and Thuan Chau. 167. Mai Son is a mountainous district of Son La; the district’s center is about 30 km f rom province’s center to the north. It is an industrial center and a key economic district of the province in the economic triangle of Son La city - Mai Son - Muong La. 168. The terrain is strongly fragmented and complex, with high mountains mixed with hills, valleys, intervales and plateaus. The average elevation is 800m - 850m above sea level, with two main mountain systems: the primary east mountain range running in the northwest - southeast direction and the other running in northwest - southwest direction, creating multiple sub regionshaving different advantages for developing a diverse economy; The area with a lot of high and sloping mountains, strongly divided by big rivers, streams and high mountains with the average elevation of 1000m - 1200m above sea level, located in the northeast and southwest of the district, including areas in the communes of Ta Hoc, Chieng Chan, Phieng Pan, Na Ot, Phieng Cam, Chieng Noi ...; The medium hilly terrain having average elevation of 500 - 700m above sea level where is popular with medium- high mountain ranges, mixed with flat lands and intervales which is favorable for agricultural development and construction of industrial zones..., mainly located along the National Highway 6: Co Noi commune of Hat Lot town, Hat Lot, Chieng Mung, Na Bo, Chieng Sung communes. 169. Thuan Chau district is located in the northwest of Son La province, with a natural area of 153,507.24 ha, situated along Highway 6 (Hanoi - Hoa Binh - Son La - Dien Bien), 34 km from Son La city, 52 km from Tuan Giao district, Dien Bien province. Thuan Chau terrain is stronglyfragmented, high and sloping, with the Copia peakof 1817m in height. There are two rivers namely Da and Nam Mu passing through the area, creating sub-regions where are suitable for many types of agro-forestry production, livestock raising, forestry.. 4.1.2. General geological features Geology of Ban O reservoir, Muong Bon commune, Mai Son district 170. According to the results of geological survey by geological drilling at bore holes and the result of soil test in laboratory, site geological survey, the dam stratigraphy from top to bottom has the following layers, including: - Layer 1b: Clay loam, clayey soil, light yellow coloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, weak to moderate structure, mixed with weathered aggregates. Soil level II. - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, light yellow clay, quasi-plastic to soft-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates (The layer below layer 1b, under saturation line). - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), brown, grayish-yellow colored, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, having 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 5: Salty clay shale, gray sericite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV Geology of Noong Chay reservoir, Muoi Noi commune, Thuan Chau district 171. The main dam alignment: According to the results of geological survey by geological drilling at boreholes, the dam stratigraphy from its crest consists of the following layers: - Layer 1b: Clayey soil, light yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with weathered aggregates. - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, light yellow clay, quasi-plastic state to soft-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates.The layer under layer 1b. - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), grayish yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, with interbed of 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. 60 - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray secirite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV Geology of Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir, Pieng Cam commune, Mai Son district 172. Based on the results of geological survey by geological drilling at boreholes, the results of soil test in laboratory, site geological survey; the dam stratigraphy consists of the following layers from top to bottom: - Layer 1b: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), light yellow couloured, semi-solid to solid state, weak to moderate structure, mixed with 30%-35% of weathered aggregates. Soil level III. - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, light yellow clay, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, weak to moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates 20%-30%.The layer under layer 1b. - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ),brown, light yellow coloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, mixed with 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray sericite shale; stone has thin texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV - Geological conditions of spillway: Stratigraphic conditions (According to geological survey): - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), brown, grayish yellow coloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, mixed with 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 4: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ) brown, brownish-red, light yellow coloured, solid state, strong structure, having 40% -:- 45% of aggregates and with interbeds of boulders. Soil level IV. - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray sericite shale, stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV Geology of Xa Can reservoir, Muong Bon commune, Mai Son district 173. According to the results of the geological survey by geological drilling at borehole and the results of soil samples in laboratory, site geological survey, the dam stratigraphy from top to bottom consists of the following layers: - Layer 1b: Clay loam, clayey soil, light yellow coloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, weak to moderate structure with interbeds of weathered aggregates. Soil level II. - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, clay with light yellow couloured, quasi-plastic to soft-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates. (The layer below 1b, under saturation line) - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), brown, light yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, mixed with 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 4: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ) brown, brownish-red, light yellow coloured, solid state, strong structure, having 40% -:- 45% of aggregates and with interbeds of boulders. Soil level IV. - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, brown sericite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV. Geology of Xum Lo reservoir, Chieng Mung commune, Mai Son district 174. Stratigraphic conditions of the main dam alignment: According to the results of the geological survey by geological drilling at bore holes and the results of soil sample in laboratory, site geological survey, the dam stratigraphy from its crest consists of the following layers: 61 - Layer 1a: Clayey soil, light yellow coloured, semi-solid state, weak structure, mixed with weathered aggregates (The layer should be removed when doing the works) - Layer 1b: Clayey soil, light yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with weathered graves. - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, light yellow clay, quasi-plastic to soft-plastic, moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates. The layer under layer 1b. - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ), brown, light yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, mixed with 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 4: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ) brown, brownish-red, light yellow coloured, solid state, strong structure, having 40% -:- 45% of aggregates and with interbeds of boulders. Soil level IV. - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray serecite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV Geology of Ban Cu 1, 2 reservoirs, Chieng Ban commune, Mai son district 175. According to the results of the geological survey by geological drilling at boreholes, the result of soil sample in laboratory, site geological survey, the dam stratigraphy from top to bottom consists of the following layers: - Layer 1a: Clayey soil, light yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, weak structure mixed with 30%-:-35% weathered aggregates. (Average thickness of 1m, should be removed when doing the rehabilitation works) - Layer 1c: Clayey soil, light yellow clay, quasi-plastic to soft-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with of weathered aggregates - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), brown, brownish-yellow couloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, with interbeds of 30-:-35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 4: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ) brown, brownish-red, light yellow coloured, solid state, strong structure, having 40% -:- 45% of aggregates and with interbeds of boulders. Soil level IV. - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray serecite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface. Stone level IV. Geology of Na Bo reservoir, Na Bo Commune, Mai Son district 176. According to the results of geological survey by geological drilling at bore hole and the result of soil test in laboratory, site geological survey, the dam stratigraphy from top to bottom has the following layers: - Layer 1b: Clay loam, clayey soil, light yellow coloured, semi-solid to quasi-plastic, strong structure, mixed with weathered aggregates. Soil level II. - Layer 1c: Clay loam, light yellow clay, quasi-plastic to soft-plastic state, moderate structure, mixed with lesser amount of weathered aggregates. (The layer below layer 1b, under saturation line) - Layer 3: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (deQ), brown, grayish-yellow, semi-solid to quasi-plastic state, strong structure, mixed with 30 -:- 35 % of weathered aggregates from clay shale. Soil level III. - Layer 4: Clay loam with deluvium mixed with eluvium (edQ) brown, brownish-red, light yellow coloured, solid state, strong structure, having 40% -:- 45% of aggregates and with interbeds of boulders. Soil level IV. 62 - Layer 5: Silty clay shale, gray sericite shale; stone has layer texture and strongly weathered and cracked surface (located in 2 abutments of the earth filled dam). Stone level IV. 4.1.3. Meteorology, hydrology and rivers 177. Son La has a tropical monsoon climate of the northern mountainous area. However, the climate belt of Son La also has special features. Thanks to Hoang Lien Son range blocks the wind, thenortheast monsoon and the polar fronts don’t have direct influence on the area. Therefore, the most important feature of Son La climate is a relatively warm winter with dryness throughout the season which is a typical feature of monsoon climate. 178. The terrain is deeply and strongly fragmented, forming many sub-climate areas which is favorable for the development of diverse agro-forestry production. However, hoarfrost, hail, flash flood also usually happen. These are negativefactors for production and daily life. 179. There is no meteorological and hydrographical monitoring station in the basins of 7 reservoirs under subproject. There is only Son Lameteorological station located near the basins of the reservoirs to monitor all meteorological elements managed by the Northwest Hydro-meteorological Station, with data measured from 1961 to 2015; Ban Cuon hydrographical station measures hydrographical characteristics of Nam Cuon river and Phieng Hieng station measures Sap stream. The data is reliable and sufficient; and the documentation is long enough. 180. Based on geographic locations, meteorological and hydrographical monitoring network in the area, Son La meteorological station is selected for calculation of hydro-meteorological characteristics of 7 reservoirs under sub-project. 181. According to meteorological data collected at Son La meteorological station, typical meteorological characteristics in the areaare described below: 4.1.3.1. Air temperature 182. Average annual air temperature in the province is about 19 ÷ 23oC; the months with highest average temperature are June, July and August. However, the maximum air temperatures recorded are in the months of April and May when is the active time of hot and dry westerly wind (from Laos to central Vietnam). The maximumtemperature in Son La is 39.8°C (13/5/1966). The month with lowest average temperature in the year is January. Average air temperature In January in Son La is 15.5 oC. The lowest temperature in the year might happen in the month of December or January, below 0 oC. The lowest temperature ever recorded was 0.8 oC on December 31, 1939 and January 1, 1940. 183. In summary, except the month of January which is not favorable for plants and animals, the air temperature of remaining months generally ensure sufficient conditions for the normal growth of trees and crops. Table 16: Average monthly and annual air temperature (Unit: oC) Month I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year Son La 14.8 16.7 20.1 23.1 24.6 25.2 24.9 24.6 23.6 21.4 18.1 15.1 21.0 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.2. Air humidity 184. The average annual humidity in Son La province is about 80 ÷ 85%, rainy season is from May – September with high air humidity, about 80-86% on average. Dry season is from October to April next year when the humidity decreased over time. The lowest humidity is in March and April, down to 70-72%. Table 17: Average monthly and annual humidity (Unit: %) Mont h I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year 63 Son 79 76 72 74 78 83 85 86 84 82 81 79 80 La (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.3. Sunshine hours 185. Total average sunshine hours of the whole province ranges from 1744 to 1996 hours, the months of January and February have the least hours of sunshine and the months of April and May have the most hours of sunshine. A lot of sunshine during dry months makes the drought more serious and increases the risk of forest fire. This is also the period in shortage of waterof the year. Table 18: Average monthly sunshine hours in the year (Unit: hour) Month I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year Son La 146 139 170 191 200 145 147 157 183 178 164 168 1989 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.4. Wind 186. Wind regime in Son La is divided into two distinct seasons: summer monsoon and winter monsoon. In the summer, the early arrival of southwest monsoon wind, through the high mountain range of Viet – Laos to Ma River’s valley makes the weather hot and dry. Maximum wind speed in the storms can reach 40m/s. Son La is located in the valley sheltered from the wind, so the average wind speed in the months is usually less than 1m / s. The annual average value is just 1.1 m / s. Table 19: Average and maximum wind speed in the months and year (Unit: m/s) Month I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year VTB 1.4 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 Vmax 18 30 24 40 28 20 20 24 22 16 >20 14 40 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.5. Evaporates 187. The annual average evaporation in Son La province ranges from 809 to 1,114 mm / year. The highest evaporation of the year occurs in March and April when it is dry and hot with low humidity and rainfall. The value recorded at monitoring locations is about 100mm to 150mm/month. The months of July, August and September are rainy season with low total evaporationin the range of 50 - 60mm / month. Table 20: Average monthly and annual evaporation (Unit: mm) Month I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year Son La 67 85 117 110 97 69 54 53 54 58 55 62 881 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.6. Basin rainfall a. Average annual rainfall 188. The annual rainfall in the province varies from 1200 - 1700 mm; the precipitation tends to increase from the South to the North, and forms big and small rains. During the year, there are two distinct seasons: rainy season and dry season. The rainy season lasts for 5 months, from May to September, accounting for 80% of total annual rainfall; the months with highest rainfall are July, and August, reaching up to 260 - 270mm / month. Dry season lasts 7 months, from October to April next year. Total rainfall in dry season only accounts for 20-25% of total annual rainfall. The two months with smallest rainfall in the year are December and January. 189. The rainy days in the year in Son La are less than the northwest area, about125 day/ year on 64 average, while in Lai Chau there are 160 - 170 rainy days/year. Due to uneven distribution of rainy days in the year, rainy season usually causes floods; while dry season not only having limited water resources but also in scarcity of rainwater results in shortage of water for production and living. In contrast, during rainy seasons in recent years in the northwest in general and Son la in particular, floods and flash floods happen regularly. There are many reasons for this situation such as deforestation, geological structure ... but rain plays a major role 190. In short, Son La plateau has low terrain compared to the northwest area. Total annual rainfall and maximum rainfallin a day are all smaller than the entire area. Table 21: Average monthly rainfall at the stations in project area (mm) T 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Year Station Son 18.2 24.9 48.5 114.7 190.4 244.9 267.5 268.4 129.0 63.2 33.0 15.6 1418.2 La Ma 12.7 20.2 36.8 97.0 153.4 209.3 225.8 233.4 115.8 40.2 25.3 12.7 1182.0 river Co 8.8 23.3 63.6 105.4 185.5 270.4 246.3 201.2 106.6 33.9 16.8 16.1 1277.7 Noi Yen 6.0 15.0 46.6 88.8 178.4 238.3 254.1 209.3 114.5 28.7 13.6 16.5 1209.8 Chau Moc 12.5 27.0 60.0 80.5 157.1 253.5 284.7 281.2 206.7 81.2 36.9 21.8 1502.9 Chau (Source: Project hydrological report) 191. Son La and Co Noi meteorological stations locatednear the location of the works alignment, from the rainfall data of Son La station combined with isoplethic map of rainfall published by the General Department of Meteorology and Hydrology, the average long term rainfall in the basin is calculated Xo = 1353,5 (mm). b. Annual design rainfall The distribution of annual design rainfall was calculated using method of typical year;the result is shownin the table below: Table 22: Distribution of annual design rainfall with P =85% (Unit: mm) Month I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year X85% 9.5 8.5 69.0 58.3 59.7 137.2 243.3 367.9 134.5 52.7 19.3 18.4 1178.3 (Source: Project hydrological report) c. Rainfall causing flood 192. According to the continuous statistics in 55 years (1961-2015), the maximum daily rainfall recorded in Son La is 219.9 mm. Meanwhile, in the northwest, Muong Te has the maximumdaily rainfall of 573.0mm; Tua Chua is 412.5mm. But down to the south,both annual rainfall and maximum daily rainfall decrease. Monitoring station inMa River only records the maximum daily rainfall of 188.5mm. Most of the heavy rains usually have a maincrest followed by smaller crest. Heavy rains usually last continuously for 3 to 5 days butthey rarely happen. 193. In the context of climate change and complicated evolution of rain and flood, Son La rainfall station is proposed for calculation of subproject area. 194. The results of calculation of the highest daily rainfall of Son La station are shown in the following table: 65 Table 23: Statistical characteristics of maximum daily rainfall of Son La station Statistical characteristics Maximum daily rainfall HP ( mm ) Station ï? X Cv Cs 0.1% 0.2% 0.5% 1.0% 1.5% 2.0% Son La 98.5 0.44 1.76 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 221.4 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.7. Hydrology 195. Son La has potential resource of water with 35 big streams, 2 big rivers namely Da river 280 km in length, having 32 tributaries and Ma river 90 km in length having 17 tributaries; 7900 ha surface water of Hoa Binh reservoir and 1400 ha surface water of ponds and lakes. 196. The density of rivers and streams is 1.8 km / km2 but unevenlylocated; rivers and streams have steep slopes and lots of waterfalls due to high mountain and strongly fragmented terrain. The flow varies with seasons, the amplitude of fluctuation between rainy season and dry season is quite big. 197. The exploitation of water resources for socio-economic development is considered necessary and urgent. (i) Long term average flow 198. The studied basin has no hydrological data. Therefore, long term average flow in the works alignment is determined as follows: Table 24: Long term average flow in the dam alignment FLV W0 Q0 M0 Names of the works (km2) (tr.m3) (m3/s) (l/s.km2) Ban O reservoir 7.72 3.955 0.126 16.3 Nong Chay reservoir 8.73 4.88 0.155 17.8 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 1.01 0.520 0.017 16.3 Xa Can reservoir 3.39 1.75 0.055 16.3 Xum Lo reservoir 0.72 0.418 0.013 18.5 Ban Cu 1 reservoir 1.80 0.926 0.029 16.3 KG Ban Cu 2 reservoir 0.28 0.144 0.005 16.3 Na Bo reservoir 2.31 1.18 0.038 16.3 (Source: Project hydrological report) (ii) Calculation of design annual flow 199. Statistical characteristics and annual design flow are calculated and shown in the table below: Table 25 .Statistical characteristics of design annual flow Statistical characteristics Q85% Basin QTB (m3/s) CV CS (m3/s) Ban O reservoir 0.05 0.38 0.76 0.031 Noong Chay reservoir 0.155 0.34 0.69 0.101 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 0.016 0.40 0.80 0.010 Xa Can reservoir 0.055 0.38 0.76 0.034 Xum Lo reservoir 0.013 0.39 0.78 0.008 66 Statistical characteristics Q85% Basin QTB (m3/s) CV CS (m3/s) Ban Cu 1 reservoir 0.029 0.39 0.78 0.021 KG Ban Cu 2 reservoir 0.005 0.42 0.83 0.021 Na Bo reservoir 0.038 0.39 0.77 0.023 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.8. Distribution of annual designed flow 200. Distribution of monthly flow in the year to the dam alignment with design frequency P = 85% is calculated based on the model of average distribution of flow in 1967 of Phieng Hieng station. Combined with hydrographic survey data of the project team (from 16-20, April 2017), the results are demonstrated below: Table 26: Distribution of the design annual flow P=85% (m3/s) Works I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year alignment Ban O 0.009 0.009 0.007 0.007 0.017 0.055 0.067 0.087 0.066 0.023 0.014 0.009 0.031 Noong Chay 0.029 0.031 0.024 0.023 0.056 0.179 0.219 0.285 0.217 0.076 0.047 0.031 0.101 Huoi Nha 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.017 0.021 0.028 0.021 0.007 0.000 0.000 0.010 Xa Can 0.010 0.010 0.008 0.008 0.019 0.060 0.074 0.096 0.073 0.026 0.016 0.010 0.034 Xum Lo 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.014 0.018 0.023 0.017 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.008 Ban Cu 2 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.011 0.036 0.045 0.058 0.044 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.021 Na Bo 0.007 0.007 0.005 0.005 0.013 0.041 0.050 0.065 0.049 0.017 0.011 0.007 0.023 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.9. Evaporation Losses 201. Evaporation losses of the basins inthe dam alignment are shown in the following table: Table 27: Difference of evaporation losses between soil surface - water surface Reservoi Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 r Ban O 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 .8 Noong 26 Chay ï?„Z 28.5 36.2 49.8 46.8 41.3 29.3 23.0 22.5 23.0 24.7 23.4 .4 Huoi 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 Nha .8 Xa Can 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 .8 Xum Lo 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 .8 Ban Cu 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 .8 Na Bo 27 ï?„Z 30.1 38.2 52.5 49.4 43.6 31.0 24.3 23.8 24.3 26.0 24.7 .8 67 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.10. Flood flow 202. Design flow of flood crest in the works alignment is demonstrated in the table below: Table 28:Flow of design/check flood crest in the works alignments Frequency Reservoir 0.1% 0.2% 0.5% 1.0% 1.5% P(%) XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Ban O Q (m3/s) 83.5 74.8 64.3 56.6 52.1 XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Noong Chay Q (m3/s) 162.5 146.8 126.2 111.1 102.7 XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Huoi Nha – Kho Mu Q (m3/s) 35.3 31.7 27.4 24.1 21.9 XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Xa Can Q (m3/s) 37.2 33.5 28.4 24.7 22.5 XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Xum Lo Q (m3/s) 16.5 14.8 12.5 11.1 10.3 XP (mm) 340.7 - 257.0 - 215.6 Ban Cu 1 Q (m3/s) 49.1 - 37.8 - 30.6 XP (mm) 340.7 - 257.0 - 215.6 Ban Cu 2 Q (m3/s) 10.5 - 8.3 - 6.7 XP (mm) 340.7 313.3 276.9 249.2 233.0 Na Bo Q (m3/s) 45.8 41.4 35.4 31.1 28.6 (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.11. Total flood 203. Total flood volume is shown in the table below: Table 29: Total volume of design/check flood in the works alignments Frequency Reservoir 0.1% 0.2% 0.5% 1.0% 1.5% (%) WSG Ban o 1.74 1.60 1.42 1.28 1.19 (106m3) WSG Noong Chay 2.11 1.94 1.72 1.55 1.45 (106m3) WSG Huoi Nha – Kho Mu 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.20 (106m3) WSG Xa Can 0.71 0.65 0.58 0.52 0.49 (106m3) WSG Xum Lo 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 (106m3) WSG Ban Cu 1 0.43 - 0.37 - 0.31 (106m3) 68 Frequency Reservoir 0.1% 0.2% 0.5% 1.0% 1.5% (%) WSG Ban Cu 2 0.70 - 0.60 - 0.50 (106m3) WSG Na Bo 0.60 0.55 0.49 0.44 0.41 (106m3) (Source: Project hydrological report) 4.1.3.12. Extreme weather phenomena in two districts of the sub-project 204. Mai Son and Thuan Chau districts are located in the northwestern region of Vietnam, so the extreme weather phenomena of the two districts is similar to that of Son La province. Details as follows: (Source: http://sotnmt.sonla.gov.vn/NewsDetail.aspx?id=1194); - Son La is a mountainous province, Son La has suffered from many types of natural disasters such as flash flood and flood. In recent years, under the impact of climate change, the types of disasters will increase on the level and frequency; with extreme weather phenomena take place annually such as drought, flood, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, cold, erosion that causes a great damage to infrastructure and the sectors of agriculture-forestry-fisheries, health and environment, ... - According to the climate change scenario for Son La province: by 2020, the average temperature in Son La province will increase by 0.4-0.650C compared to 1980 - 1999; Average annual temperature to 2050 increases from 1 - 1.70C; Average temperature in the year to 2010 increased from 2 - 3.30C; The number of days with a maximum temperature of more than 350 tends to increase, the number of days with the temperature below 130C tends to decrease, the annual rainfall in the territory of Son La increase over time: In 2010, rainfall in Bac Yen station increased by 1.3%, at Ma river station, it is increased by 0.6%; By 2050, rainfall at the two stations will increase respectively by 4.7% and 2.2%; to 2010, it is by 6.4% and 2.4% respectively. 4.2. Status of natural components 4.2.1. Quality status of physical environmental components 4.2.1.1. Selection of location, parameters and measuring frequency, sampling 205. The locations for monitoring quality of subproject environment are selected on the basis: - Selected location should represent the current status of area environment; - Characteristics of emission sources; - Sensitive characteristics of the receptors; Table 30: Sampling location for analyzing the quality of environmental components in the sub-project area TT Name of work Code of Code of Location of taking sample of quality of Air surface underground water Sample * water sample Code of Sampling locations ** sample 1 Noong Chay KNC NM - Drilling wells near Noong Chay NNNC Reservoir NC1 Reservoir 2 Xum Lo KXL Drilling wells of household of Ha Van NMNC NNXL Reservoir Khanh 3 Huoi Nha – Kho KHN NMXL NNHN Drilling wells near Huoi Nha – Kho 69 Mu Reservoir Mu reservoir 4 Ban Cu KBC Drilling wells of household of Tong Reservoir (Dam NMHN NNBC Van Luon No.1) Ban Cu KBK Drilling wells of household of Khong Reservoir (Dam NMBC NNBK Van Phong, No.2) 5 Xa Can KXC Drilling wells of household of Ha NMBK NNXC Reservoir Van In 6 Ban Ỏ Reservoir KBO Drilling wells of household of Tran NMXC NNBO Thi Kim 7 Na Bo Reservoir KNB Drilling wells of household of Le Van NMBO NNNB Du Remarks: o *: Sampling locations of air quality at the dam of the sub-project's reservoirs o **: Sampling locations of surface water quality: at the reservoir bed of the sub-project 4.2.1.2. Quality of ambient air and noise 206. Analysis results of quality of ambient air and noise in works under the subproject is presented in the table below: Table 31. Analysis results of air quality in the project area Name of Tem Air Hum TSP CO SO2 NO2 Noise No works pera speed. idity Code μg/ m3 μg / μg / μg / [dBA] . ture m/s % m 3 m 3 m 3 O c- Noong Chay 1 K NC 20.3 1.0 86.3 72 2010 51.1 48.6 57.9 Reservoir Xum Lo 2 K XL 25.8 0.5 82.1 82 2556 52.3 48.7 57.9 Reservoir Huoi Nha – 3 K HN Kho Mu 25,9 0.9 82 77 2548 54.1 49.2 56.3 Reservoir Ban Cu 4 KBC1 26.1 0.7 81.6 85 2563 55.4 49.5 58.2 Reservoir 01. KBC2 Ban Cu 5 26 1.2 81.4 83 1992 50.7 47.2 59.4 Reservoir 02 Xa Can 6 K XC 25.7 1.5 82 55 1986 46.3 44.5 60.7 Reservoir K BO Ban Ỏ 7 26.3 0.4 79.5 91 2603 56.2 50.4 61,2 Reservoir K NB Na Bo 8 26 0.7 80.7 88 2576 55.4 52.3 60.5 Reservoir QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT - - - 300 30,000 350 200 70 QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT 70 Remarks: o QCVN 05: 2013 / BTNMT: National standard on ambient air quality o QCVN 26: 2010 / BTNMT: National standard on noise. In the table above, noise levels apply * Allowable limit for the noise level in the normal area from 6 am to 9 pm 207. The ambient air and noise parameters measured at sites in the subproject area are lower than GHCP according to QCVN 05: 2013 / BTNMT for air environment and QCVN 26: 2010 / BTNMT for noise. 71 4.2.1.3. Surface water quality 208. Results of surface water quality analysis in subprojects are presented in the following table Table 32: Results of surface water quality analysis in the project area Result Name of BOD5 Cr Colifor monitoring pH COD Do TSS PO43- NH4+ - As* Hg* Zn Pb* Fe 0 (20 C) gross* m samples MPN / - mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l 100ml NM NC 7.24 7.0 18.6 5.62 20.5 0.26 58 <0.002 <0.0003 0,033 <0.002 <0.01 0.13 1.2x103 NM XL 7.35 3.0 16.2 5.85 22 0.21 49 <0.002 <0.0003 08 <0.002 <0.01 0.29 1.1x103 NM HN 7.29 8.0 18.7 5.62 21.5 0.26 41 <0.002 <0.0003 0.042 <0.002 <0.01 0.31 2.7x103 NMBC (No. 1) 7.37 9.0 15.6 5.24 23 0.25 52 <0.002 <0.0003 0.034 <0.002 <0.01 0.30 1.6x10-3 NMBc (Reservoir 7.52 10.0 19.3 5.46 22.5 0.21 0.45 <0.002 <0.0003 <0.03 <0.002 <0.01 0.17 1.5x103 Number 2) NM XC 7.28 11.0 23.5 5–19. 24 0.15 38 <0.002 <0.0003 0.034 <0.002 <0.01 0.20 2.1x103 NM BO 7.13 8.0 17.8 5/11 20.0 0.13 0.29 <0.002 <0.0003 0.039 <0.002 <0.01 23 2.3x103 NMNB 7/18 9.0 19.2 5.22 21.5 16 0.24 <0.002 <0.0003 <0.03 <0.002 <0.01 0.35 2.4x103 QCVN 08: 2015 / BTNMT 6.5- Column A2 8.5 6 15 ≥5 30 0.2 0.3 0,02 0.001% 1.0 0.02 0.02 1 5000 Column B1 5.5 - 9 15 30 4 50 0.3 0.9 0.05 0.001 1.5 0.05 0.04 1.5 7500 209. Surface water quality monitoring results show that the water quality of 8 reservoirs in the sub-project meets the B1 standard for watering and irrigation purposes. There is no parameter that exceeds GHCP in accordance with B1 Standard in QCVN 08-MT: 2015 / BTNMT - National standard for surface water quality. 4.2.1.4. Quality of groundwater environment 72 210. Underground water quality measured and sampled in 8 locations is from well water in residential areas. Results of groundwater quality analysis of subprojects are presented in the following table Table 33: Groundwater quality analysis results in the project area Result Name of Hardness pH TDS NO3--N NH4+ - Cl- As * CD* Hg * Zn Pb * CU Fe Coliform (CaCO3) sample MPN / - mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l 100ml 15888 6.98 152 79.3 0.31 0.12 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.03 <0.002 0,02 0.11 <1 NN NC . NN XL 7/11 134 82.5 38 16 10.5 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.04 <0.002 07 0.18 <1 NN HN 7.05 121 85.2 41 0.28 19.2 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 08 <0.002 0.10 0,15 <1 NNBC1 7/11 134 102.5 38 0.26 17.9 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.05 <0.002 0.09 0,15 <1 NNBc2 6.89 150 117.3 0.45 0.21 18.2 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.53 <0.002 0,042 0.24 <1 NN XC 7.07 128 72.5 0.29 0.11 16.6 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.032 <0.002 0.024 0.21 <1 NN BO 7.25 138 105.5 0.42 0.13 21.4 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 07 <0.002 0.05 0.28 <1 NN NB 7.06 142 90.5 37 0.15 19.9 <0.005 <0.0002 <0.0002 0,056 <0.002 07 0.20 <1 QCVN 5.5 - 09: 2015 / 1500 500 15 1 250 0.05 0.005 0.001 3 0.01 1 5 3 8.5 BTNMT 211. Groundwater quality monitoring results show that: - Value of PH, TSD, Hardness (by CaCO3), Nitrate (NO3-), Ammonium (NH4 +), Cloride (Cl-)Coliformis under the allowable limit of QCVN 09-MT: 2015 / BTNMT; - The content of heavy metals such as As, Cd, Pb, Cu, Zn, Hg, Fe are lower than GHCP of QCVN 09-MT: 2015 / BTNMT 73 4.2.2. Status of biological resources 212. The sub-project is not located in conservation areas such as watershed protection forests, national parks or biosphere reserves or nature reserves, etc. Therefore, ecological characteristics and biodiversity are assessed locally in terms of project area and vicinity based on the results of current status survey and information provided by local people. 213. Based on the results of current land use and site assessment, the project area has the key ecosystemsidentified as follows: - Production forest ecosystem: The planted forest ecosystem, distributed in low mountainous hills, is planted and harvested periodically. The main plant species are acacia, eucalyptus, - Agricultural ecosystem: Mainly one-crop rice, vegetable crops and short-term crops such as maize, beans, peanuts, etc. - Residential ecosystem: Including fruit trees such as bananas, longan, mango, lychee ... and other livestock, cattle and domestic pets of the households within the scope of land use of the project. - Aquatic ecosystem of the reservoirs: Aquatic ecosystems of the reservoirs under the subproject 214. According to survey results of environmental consultants and reference documents, there are no rare and endangered flora and fauna in the project area listed in Decree 32/2006 / ND-CP, the Red List of Vietnam or the Red list of IUCN. 4.2.2.1. Plant 215. The plants in the scope of land use of project are less diverse in terms of species;therefore, crops are the dominants meanwhile the wild plants accounts for a small number. Based on survey results of current status of project area conducted by consultants, they can be divided into groups as follows: - Timber trees: Acacia mangium, acacia auriculiformis, magnolia chevalieri, bead tree, cunninghamia lanceolata, bamboo, etc. are planted and harvested periodically on the forest land in the project scope. Based on the current land use assessments of the project, it was shown that: - Planted forests are mainly concentrated in the communes’ area. The main pl ants namely acacia mangium, acacia auriculiformis. The whole area is planted under one year. - Fruit trees: bananas, oranges, pomelo, longan, lychee, mango, are mainly concentrated in the garden land, surrounding residential areas and some trees are planted scatteredly in the focal clusters within project area. - Food crops: Rice, maize, sweet potato, peanut, beans…are mainly planted on agricultural land within project area. Particularly, most of the rice in this area is upland rice; cultivated one crop per year and at the time of survey, rice had not been planted. - Vegetables: amaranth, garlic, onion, garlic, cabbage, cauliflower, sweet potato, morning glory, etc. concentrated mainly on the land along Ban Vai stream and a small part in the gardens of the households. 4.2.2.2. Fauna 216. The fauna in the studied area is poor in species. There is no record on rare and endangered species that need to be strictly protected. No specie is included in Red Book - Domestic animals: They are domesticated and close to people’s life su ch as cattle, poultries, pigs, chickens, ducts, buffaloes, cows, goats, fish… - Common wildlife species found in the project area according to information from local people, including reptiles, amphibians (snakes, frogs, toads, etc.) Insects (hard-winged groups, membranes, scaly wings, jellyfish, earthworms, crickets, etc.), birds 74 (sparrows,wagtail, chinese laughing-thrush etc.), however, only a small number of them appear and not so often. - In general, the aquatic animals of the project area are mainly fish species raised in ponds with low density and production, mainly for the needs of people. 217. Based on the assessment results of biological resources status in the project area dominated by forestry and agricultural ecosystems, the species are not various.Most of them are the crops and domestic animals. No species within the project area belong to the protected list and no species with significant habitat value are affected by the project activities. 4.3. The socio-economic characteristics of the subproject area 4.3.1. Socio-economic conditions of sub-project communes a. Agricultural activities and main crop structure of the sub-project communes 218. Muoi No commune, Thuan Chau district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural land is 133.3 ha, of which 79.6 ha is for growing maize; 54ha for growing whole year rice. Area of industrial trees: 344.53 ha of coffee. The implementation of the subproject can affect the irrigation water of 80 ha of agricultural land in Muoi Noi commune. 219. Muong Bon district, Mai Son district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural cultivation land is 1,263.17 ha, of which 260 hectare is for growing maize; 285ha for growing whole year rice; 198ha of fruit trees; 75ha of beans; 43ha of vegetable; 419.17ha of sugarcane; 53 ha of coffee, 56ha of cassava; 35ha of area for planting grass (intercropping). In 2017, there are some intercropped crops to grow crops such as: beans, sticky maize with an area of 90ha; Aquaculture area is 35ha. The implementation of the subproject can affect the irrigation water supply of 18.7ha of agricultural land in Muong Bon Commune. 220. Chieng Mung commune, Mai Son district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural cultivation is 2140.8 ha, of which: 536.8ha of maize; 255.7ha of whole year rice; Area of industrial trees: 662.3ha of coffee; 197.6ha of industrial cassava; 17.3ha of soybean; 23.8ha of sugercane. Other industrial plants: 13.5 ha of types of bean; other annual trees: 73,19ha, 270,31ha of fruit tree. The implementation of the subproject can affect the irrigation water volume of 25ha of agricultural land in Chieng Mung commune. 221. Chieng Ban commune, Mai Son district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural cultivation is 1426.4 hectares, including 140 hectares of paddy. The area of industrial coffee plantation is 966.65 ha. Area of fruit trees is 312.97 ha. The implementation of the subproject can affect the irrigation water supply of 66ha of agricultural land in Chieng Ban. 222. Na Bo commune, Mai Son district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural cultivation is 1426.59 hectares, including: 1297.59 hectares of maize, 4 hectares of rice. Area of fruit trees is 125ha. The implementation of the subproject can affect the irrigation water supply of 100ha of agricultural land in Chieng Ban commune. 223. Phieng Cam commune, Mai Son district: In 2017, the total area of agricultural cultivation is 2,755.1ha, of which: 867.7ha of maize; 68ha of whole year rice; 705.7ha of cassava; About 138ha of alpinia, 90.8ha of coix; Vegetables and fruits of all kinds: 20.2ha. Industrial plant: 20ha tea; 177ha of coffee; 59.8ha of fruit trees. The implementation of the project can affect the irrigation water supply of 60ha of agricultural land in Chieng Mung commune. b. Survey data on socio-economic conditions of sub-project communes 224. Survey data on social conditions was surveyed in January 2018 in sevenreservoirs of six communes in Mai Son and Thuan Chau districts of Son La provinceis shown in the table below: 75 Table 34. Details of socio-economic conditions of the subproject communes in 2017 Quantity/Ratio No Content Chieng Chieng Ban Phieng Cam Muoi Noi Muong Bon Na Bo Mung Number of villages/hamlets 21 27 26 19 27 15 1 Number of cultural houses 22 27 26 16 27 4 Land status (ha) Total natural area 3944 3610 3612 6382 15,172.42 2935 Annual crop land (CHN) 1267.19 977.66 966.65 1297.59 5582.65 675.26 Other annual crop land (HNK) 1050.2 808.66 0 0 0 608.65 Paddy land (LUC) 216.99 142.00 140.00 4.00 615.03 66.61 Perennial crop land (CLN) 685.85 176.54 312.97 364.33 622.70 234.35 Aqua-cultural land (NTS) 62.78 31.00 6.78 6.28 51.34 22.38 2 Forestry land (LNP) 730.80 758.07 1084.22 3018.92 7127.99 1658.24 Residential land (ONT) 63.14 49.72 50.11 44.56 34.27 24.06 Public land (CCC) 80.54 269.82 166.69 151.00 55.15 28.63 Religious land (TON; TIN) 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cemetery (NTD) 21.87 25.0 0 11.90 58.08 18.00 Land with special-use water surface (MNC) 13.03 11.10 0 12.30 - - Unused land (CSD) 932.36 0 0 1325.38 1560.39 248.72 Population 3 Number of households (HHs) 1539 2630 1755 1746 1385 922 76 Number of people (people) 6550 10.455 7406 7247 6615 4154 Ethnic composition (%) Group: Kinh 15.28 30.37 19.35 16.06 0.14 14.00 Group : Thai 79.27 69.26 80.62 45.37 22.52 85.00 4 Group : H’Mong 5.31 0.04 0 31.09 56.48 0 Group :Muong 0.14 0.33 0.03 0.22 0.05 0.43 Group : Kho Mu 0 0 0 7.26 20.82 0.57 Population structure (%) 5 Male: 50.7 % 49.6 % 49.7 % 51.2% 49.7% 2052 Female: 49.3 % 50.4 % 50.3 % 48.8% 50.3% 2102 Economic structure (%) Income per capita/ year (million/ year) 25.50 25.50 26.15 20.26 22.12 24.70 6 Total commune budget revenue in 2017 (billion) 6.41 7.05 5.81 - 7.26 6.99 Total commune budget expenditure in 2017 (billion) 5.99 5.68 5.70 - 5.26 5.39 Education Nursery school 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 Primary school 1 3 1 2 1 1 Secondary school 1 2 1 1 1 1 High school 0 0 0 0 0 0 Number of health stations 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 Number of doctors 1 1 1 1 1 1 Number of physicians 3 4 4 3 3 2 77 Number of beds 4 4 4 4 4 4 Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Medical facilities equipped equipped equipped equipped equipped equipped Dengue, fever Dengue, Dengue, Dengue, Dengue, Dengue, Common disease virus, flu, fever virus, fever virus, fever virus, fever virus, fever virus, diarrhea flu, diarrhea flu, diarrhea flu, diarrhea flu, diarrhea flu, diarrhea 9 Markets 1 1 1 1 0 0 Sensitive areas Temple 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 Pagoda 0 0 0 0 0 0 Historical site 0 1 1 0 0 0 Cemetery 22 27 18 12 24 12 Roads. water and electricity Earth road (km) 2.6 - - - 27 Aggregated road (km) 1.5 32 31 - - 35 Asphalted road (km) 16.5 - - 24 - - 11 Concreted road (km) 4.42 - - 8 - - Electricity 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 80 % 80 % Tap water (%) 0 0 0 20 0 0 Borehole water (%) 90 88 80 65 0 0 Water from lakes, streams, ponds, rivers (%) 10 12 20 15 100 100 78 4.3.2. Survey results of affected households and beneficiaries of the subproject 225. As mentioned in the implementation methodology above, the household survey was conducted in the subproject area in January 2018 with 200 households randomly selected from the beneficiaries and affected households under seven reservoirs. The number of interviewed households in each reservoir is described in the following table. Table 35: Number of interviewed households Number of Number of Number of affected No. Reservoir Communes participating beneficiaries households households 1 Ban Cu Chieng Ban 27 25 2 Chieng 2 Xum Lo 30 18 12 Mung 3 Xa Can Muong Bon 28 27 1 4 Na Bo Na Bo 30 17 13 Huoi Nha – 5 Phieng Cam 29 27 2 Kho Mu 6 Ban O Muong Bon 28 27 1 Do not 7 Noong Chay 28 23 5 forget Total 200 164 36 4.3.2.1. Demography 226. The average household size in the survey sample is 4.7 persons / household. The average number of household is different from the benefit groups, women headed households and men headed households of the reservoirs as follows. 227. In term of ethnic group, the average size of a Kinh household is 3.1 persons /household and ethnic minority household is 4.9 persons / household. Regarding gender of the head of household, there are 12 women headed households, accounting for 6%. Out of 36 affected households, there is only one woman headed household, accounting for 2,8%. The size of household headed by female is smaller than that of households headed by male (3.1 persons / household and 4.8 persons / household respectively) and they are the single women or windowed women so that they are considered as vulnerable subjects. 228. The average member of household varies between benefited areas which is about 3.5 person/household in Na Bo reservoir area to 5.1 person/household in Huoi Nha – Kho Mu and Xum Lo reservoir area. Only 6% of households having the size of 1-2 people, 37% of households having the size of 3-4 people. In particular, 57% of households with 5-8 members are all male-headed households. Household having 9 members or more is not included in the sample survey. It is noted that the numbers of households with many members still remains high. 4.3.2.2. Occupation Table 36. Main occupations of labors (including members of households engaged in labor) 79 Loss of Agriculture, Trade State Students Workers Armed Home- Retiree Hired Occupation working Forestry and officials forces makers workers ability and fishery service Total 4.2 64.4 0.5 1 25.7 0.7 0.2 2 0.5 0.7 sample Affected 5.4 57.2 12.7 5.4 8.4. 2.4 0 0 0 2.4 households Reservoir Ban Cu 5.3 71.1 0 0 23.7 0 0 0 0 0 Xum Lo 7.6 56.1 0.8 0.8 31.8 0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Xa Can 0 67.6 0 2.9 26.5 2.9 0 0 0 0 Na Bo 0 64.3% 1.8 3.6 10.7 3.6 0 14.3 1.8 0 Huoi Nha 2.9. 55.9 0 0 38.2 0 0 0 0 2.9 Kho Mu Ban O 0 67.6 0 2.9. 26.5 2.9 0 0 0 0 Noong 1.9 68.5% 0 0 29.6 0 0 0 0 0 Chay Ethnicity Kinh 0 63.3 3.3 10 10 3.3 0 6.7 3.3 0 Ethnic 4.4 62.3 0.3 0.3 29.2. 0.5 0.3 1.8 0.3 0.8 minority 229. In the main occupational structure of household members engaged in working and having income in the sample survey of the project area, the agriculture, forestry and fishery sectors account for the highest proportion of 64.4% and students account for 25.7%. The proportion of the elders who lost working abilityis 4.2%. The rest are state officers,temporarily hired worker, workers, traders, service providers, retirees with a low proportion of 1% or less for each type. Especially, there are no households doing handicraft in the occupational structure of the area. As such, agro-forestry is a key sector in the socio-economy of the subproject area. Compared with actual status, the analysis figure is similar to general situation of the project area where is a purely agricultural area. 230. The proportion of Kinh households engaged in agro-forestry-fishery is approximately equal to ethnic minority people (63.3% and 62.3%). However, the proportion of ethnic minority students is higher, accounting for 29.2 %, while the number of Kinh people is only 10%. 231. In general, agriculture and forestry are still the main livelihoods of people; of which growth of two seasons rice and one season crop arethe most common. Therefore, the irrigation, dam safety and stabilization of water source are the things that people really expect which play an important role for agricultural production in the subproject area, meanwhile in the downstream area, the irrigation is still out of control. 4.3.2.3. Education Table 37: Education level of household members Trade Do not Illite Primar Secondar High school/ College/Un attend rate y school y school school Vocational iversity school school Total sample 12.9 29.8 31.8 15 0.4 0.9 9.2 80 Commune Chieng Ban 10.9 32.6 35.9 8.7 0 0 12 Chieng Mung 6.8 26.5 38.1 19.7 0.7 0 8.2 Muong Bon 13.5 24.3 43.2 13.5 2.7 0 2.7 Na Bo 39.5 34.2 13.2 5.3 0 5.3 2.6 Phieng Cam 18.8 45 21.3 3.8 0 0 11.3 Muoi No 6.2 15.4 29.2 33.8 0 3.1 12.3 Ethnic group Kinh 31 24.1 17.2 13.8 0 6.9 6.9 Ethnic minority 11.6 30.2 32.8 15.1 0.5 0.5 9.3 Source: SES survey data in January2018 232. Approximately 78% of the population in the project area have primary education level to college / university level, of which the number of secondary school graduates has the highest proportion at 31.8%. The proportion of attending colleges / universities or vocational school is very low, less than 1%. The illiteracy proportion of 12.9% is also noticeable in socio-economic development of the area. 233. It is noteworthy that the illiteracy proportion of ethnic minority people is lower than that of Kinh people, 11.6% compared to 31% (this number is only in elder people over 60 years old). There is no dropout in the sample survey. This is very encouraging for a mountainous commune with unfavorable conditions. 4.3.2.4. Health Table 38. Access to health services Distance from home to the closest health station 1 - 2 km 2 - 5 km > 5 km Total sample 1 58 41 Ethnic group Kinh 0 0 100 Ethnic Minority 1 65 34 234. The data shows that only 23% of surveyed households in the last 12 month gets diseases, mainly cold and fever. This means that local people have good health status for agricultural production. 235. In term of access to hospitals and health services of surveyed households, 58% of them live about 2-5 km far from health stations, 41% are in difficult conditions with the distance of more than 5 km. Especially, all the Kinh households live about 5 km far from health station. 65% of the ethnic minority households live about 2 – 5 km far from health station but this is also considered as a difficulty due to the inconvenient condition of transportation in the mountainous area. 4.3.2.5. Water Supply 236. Water for drinking and cooking: There is no water plant in the project area so that 65% of the households mainly use water from natural streams, rivers for drinking and cooking. Besides, 20% of households get water from reservoirs and 12% use water from borehole well/dug well. A small number of 3% households use water from rivulet.It is said that the quality of water here is quite good and there is no water-borne diseases found. 81 237. Water for bathing and washing: 48% of surveyed households use water from rivers and streams, 37% from reservoirs and 12% from borehole wells / dug wells. The rate of using water from rivulet is low, only at 3%. At the present, no system or structure is invested to improve clean water system in the villages. 238. Water for production: Reservoir is a main source of water for production of 94% of surveyed households. A small number of the surveyed households uses water from rivers and streams or rivulet to irrigate the plants. Therefore, dam rehabilitation and dam safety enhancement to reserve water for production is a practical issue for people in the subproject area. Table 39. Water sources for living and production Usage purpose Source of water For drinking and For bathing and For production cooking washing 1. River, stream/ canal 65 48 4 2. Reservoir 20 37 94 3. Bore well/dug well 12 12 0 4. Water supply system 0 0 0 5. Rivulet 3 3 2 Source: SES survey data in January 2018 4.3.2.6. Sanitation 239. In the subproject area, only 16% of households use hygienic latrines. 81% of households still use simple latrines due to traditional way of living in the wooden stilt house, the latrines located separately in the garden. Especially, 3% of households has no latrines. 240. The data shows that ethnic minority households having septic tank latrine accounts for 16.7%, higher than Kinh households with 10%, while the proportion of simple latrines is similar. Table 40: Types of latrine of surveyed households (% household) Type of latrine No latrine Septic tank latrine Simple latrine Total sample 3 16 81 Ethnic group Kinh 10 10 80 16.7 Ethnic minority 2.2 81.1 4.3.2.7. Household income and living standards 241. The households in the sample survey are listed based on income per capita compared with the poverty line (equal to or less than VND 700,000 / person / month) in the table below. There is no household of Phieng Mai and Muoi Noi communes having incomes below the poverty line, while in Chieng Ban commune, there are 43.3% of households with incomes below VND 700,000. Table 41: Average income per capita of the communes based on poverty line 82 Average income per capita Above poverty line (> 700.000 Below poverty line Ä‘/person/month) Total sample 96 4 Communes Chieng Ban 56.7 43.3 Chieng Mung 96.5 3.5 Muong Bon 87.5 12.5 Na Bo 94.1 5.9 Phieng Cam 100 0 Muoi Noi 100 0 Ethic Group Kinh 100 0 Ethnic Minority 95.5 4.5 4.3.2.8. Gender issues 242. Gender structure of household members: According to the results of household survey on project socio-economic characteristics, the proportion of men accounts for 48.4% and women accounts for 51.6%. This structure is quite consistent with general gender structure of the country. 243. Education level: The survey data shows that the proportion of women who are illiterate orunschooled is not much different from that of men. The proportion of unschooled women in the communes is higher than male (11.5% and 2.8%) and the proportion of males who have higher education(secondary school, high school) is higher than female’s. Pers on with highest level of education is in grade 7, the lowest is in grade 2. For men, person with highest education level has college degree (now retired), the youngest person (27 years old) graduates from high school, and most of the rest graduate from secondary school. 244. Occupation and employment status: In the main occupational structure of the household members involved in working and having income in the sample survey, agriculture-forestry-fishery sectors account for the highest proportion. In term of gender structure, the proportion of women working in agriculture accounts for 47.4%, and men accounts for 49.4%. 245. Living standards and income: According to the survey results of the project socio-economic impact report, the proportion of the poorest households headed by male is lower than households headed by female (18.8% and 32.7%). Similarly, in the richest households, the proportion of male headed households is higher than female headed households (20.1% and 16.3%). 246. Status of water resource: Despite the large water resources, due to geographical and climatic conditions, and other objective factors, water resources in the province is also in limitation. Uneven distribution of surface waterand underground water causes difficulties in exploitation and management. Due to the obstacles in accessing water resources such as: lack of water source, incompleted irrigation system and improper management and operation resulting in disputes among upstream and downstream householdsor when having high demand of water at a time during the crop. Women who take part in water collection/conveying are vulnerable when dealing with disputes but they are the ones who concern and understand the demand of water for production, therefore, they play an important role in improving community relation in irrigation activities. 83 CHAPTER V: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5.1. Type and scale of impact 247. Sub-project implementation in the area will cause some impact during the construction process, however, the impact level is insignificant and can be minimized. Once completed, 11 reservoirs will benefit from the restoration of public services / facilities, thereby promoting economic growth and access to social services. Critical flood protection structures / works that are repaired, reinforced and rehabilitated roads and dams will increase the safety for people and property in adverse weather conditions. 248. Potential negative impacts are identified and screened at each component of the subproject from stage of preparationand construction to operation stage and classified according to the nature of the construction. Most of the negative impacts are temporary, localized and reversible due to the small to medium-sized construction works. Impacts can be minimized by applying appropriate technologies and specific mitigation measures with close monitoring by the Consultant, PMU and local communities. The table below defines the levels of negative impacts based on the levels of waste generated in relation to construction activities1. Table 42. Criteria for classification of negative impacts Impact / Level Low Moderate High Waste water discharge Exceed technical Exceed technical Exceed technical (domestic and regulations on waste regulations on waste regulations on waste industrial waste) from 1.1 times to less from 1.5 times to less more than 3 times, the than 1.5 times and than 03, discharge discharge amount of discharge volume is volume is from 5 to 10 more than 10 m3/day less than 5 m3/day m3/day Dust and Emissions Exceed the standard1.1 Exceed the standard of Exceed the standard of times to less than 1.5 1.5 times to less than 3 more than 3 times with with the emission level times with the emission the emission over 5000 less than 500 m3/hours level of500 - 5000 m3/hours m3/hours Noise Exceed the standard of Exceed the standard 5 Exceed the standard of 2 to 5 dB to 10 dB more than 10 dB Vibration Exceed the standard of Exceed the standard 5 Exceed the standard of 2 to 5 dB to 10 dB more than 10 dB Domestic solid waste: Generate less than From 1,000 to 2,000 kg Arise more than 2,000 1,000 kg / day / day kg / day Hazardous waste Generate less than 100 Generates 100-600 kg / Arise more than 600 kg kg / day day / day Fire and oil spill Less than 2,000 kg 2,000 to 10,000 kg More than 10,000 kg 247. Potential negative environmental and social impacts are also divided into types of impact such as direct, indirect, short-term, long-term and cumulative impacts. Direct Impact. direct impact occurs through the direct interaction of a subproject activity with environmental, social or economic components. 1 Based on Decree 155/2016 / ND-CP on sanctioning of administrative violations in the field of environmental protection. 84 Indirect impact: The indirect impacts on the environment and society are the impacts that are not a direct result of the subproject, which is often created later, or as a result of a comple. Indirect effects are also known as secondary effects, or even tertiary effects. Cumulative impact : is an impact created as a result of a combination of subproject along with other projects that cause the associated impact. These impacts occur when the incremental impact of the subproject is combined with the cumulative effects of past, present, or future projects that have the potentiality for predictability. Temporary impacts: are the effects occurring during the construction or within a short time after construction. Long-term impacts: are the effects that arise during the construction process but most of the results appear in the operational phase and can last for decades. 5.2. Potential positive environmental and social impacts 249. There will be sevenreservoirs to be upgraded under the dam rehabilitation and safety improvement subproject (WB8), Son La province in two districts of Thuan Chau and Mai Son, which will promote agro-forestry production, diversifycrops in mountainous areas with difficult conditionthrough ensuring of water for cultivation, daily life and production associated with natural disaster mitigation measures, and aim at reducing poverty in the project area. 250. Ensure safety for community in downstream areas of the existing eight reservoirs. The renovation, upgrading and repair of the degraded reservoirs have great significance in ensuring the safety of dams and ensuring the safety for 2,300 households in downstream area. 251. In addition, the subproject implementation will cause direct impacts, ensure irrigation for 349.7 hectares of rice and crops, contribute to improving the quality of cultivated land, preventing soil erosion, desertification and reducing water pollution to improve socio-economic conditions in the project area; support the implementation of national target programs in the six project communes, such as the National Target Program on Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation; Water Resources Development Strategy up to 2020 with a vision to 2050; National Strategy for Rural Clean Water Supply and Sanitation to 2020; Program on socio-economic development in mountainous areas to 2020; National Target Program to build new rural areas; etc ... 252. Along with improvement of access roads andoperation road of dam and reservoir, the subproject also contributes to improving the traffic conditions of the community, facilitating trade and promoting economic development in locality. 253. Accessibility support for vulnerable communities: With many policies and activities, it ensures that the affected parties will be informed and accessed to the project and the benefits of the project. The subproject will strengthen social activities, facilitate vulnerable groups to participate in project activities, ensure that the projects will bring maximum benefits to the community under current conditions and minimize impact on them. 254. In addition, after being repaired and upgraded, the landscape of the reservoir will be more open, contributing to the improvement of the general landscape of the area and contributing to the promotion of tourism services in the reservoir area and headworks clusters. 5.2.1. Potential negative impacts from the subproject on the environment and society 255. Although the implementation of the subproject will not increase the flooded area compared to the present status and will not increase the reservoir capacity, subproject’s activities are related to land acquisition, site clearance and excavation, etc. Therefore, negative impacts from the implementation of subproject should be assessed and evaluated to propose appropriate mitigation measures.The negative impact of the project is identified, analyzed, and evaluated based on the scope of the project, the recipient and the timeframe. Impacts aree analyzed in three different project implementation phases: i) pre-construction phase; ii) the project implementation stage; and iii) the operational stage of the project. Impacts will also be considered by impact type: direct impact, indirect impact, temporary impact, long term impact. The level of impact of the project depends on two main factors: impacts that may arise from project activities and the recipient of these impacts. 85 5.2.2. Evaluating and forecasting of impacts in the preparation phase of subproject 256. Because the subproject works are scattered in different locations. The size and scope of each project is not large and the duration of the works is not long. As a result, the environmental and social issues in this period are mainly due to consideration of environmental factors in the process of project technical design, land acquisition, site clearance, site clearance, cleaning up and site preparation for construction. Impacts are analyzed as follows: a. Assess the suitability of the project with regard to natural and socio-economic conditions in the project area: 257. The selection of location, design and project planning are carried out on the basis of assessing the objectives of the project in accordance with the natural and socio-economic conditions of the project area. It has been studied the options of capacity and technology being suitable for the land acquisition area in order to maximize the land use efficiency of the project and significantly reduce the impact on the current status basing on the following aspects: - For natural and environmental conditions: Based on the results of the land use status assessment of the project, it shows the relevance of theproject with natural and environmental conditions, including: - Regarding traffic: Access to the project is quite convenient by NH, provincial road, inter- district road, inter-commune road, inter-village road to facilitate the transportation of various types of materials for construction of the project. - Regarding current land use: The area of land occupied by the project is mostly in the reservoir bed, traffic land under the management road. Therefore, it is convenient for site clearance and construction of project works items. - Regarding the physical environment: According to the results of current status assessment of environmental components of the project area, it shows that o There are no signs of pollution in the project area and no significant environmental pollution sources exist for the physical environment and environment is not significantly affected by the livelihood activities of the project area. o Compared with the permissible limits under QCVN for the current monitoring results, it shows that the environmental bearing capacity of the project area is high, thus it creates significant advantages for the development of the project. . - Regarding the ecological environment and biodiversity: The ecological characteristics of the area are planation forest ecosystems that are interspersed with agricultural land. The maincrops are acacia, coffee, rice and crops with average productivity. In addition, the land area of the project is not within the boundaries of the biodiversity reserves, biosphere reserve areas and there are no objects in the list of protected areas. Therefore, the impact on ecosystem is not significant. - For the socio-economic conditions of the project area:The project is also designed to limit the impacts on the natural and socio-economic environment in order to promote the benefits and minimize adverse factors to ensure the specific objectives and functions and tasks of the project, specifically: o Socio-economic: Within the planning area of the project, there is no architectural and technical works to be relocated and cleared and not to be relocated at the same time. The project is evaluated to be suitable for the socio-economic objectives. o Regarding livelihood: The land occupation is mainly under the land of the reservoir and management road so it does not affect the livelihood of people. At the same time, from the downstream site of the dam, there is no significant socio-economic factor beingaffected and the level of damage due to the water use rights is minor. b) Land acquisition and site clearance 258. The total land area acquired for the construction of works of the sub-project is 23,683 m2, 86 including 7683 m2of permanently acquired land in which irrigation land accounts for 84.5%,agriculture land accounts for 9% and residential land accounts for 6.5% and 16,000 m2of temporarily acquired land with 100% of irrigation land under management of People's Committees of communes in the sub-project area. The permanently acquired land area is to servethe construction of management and operation road and head works. Temporarily acquired land is mainly public land used as a yard for material gathering. Table 43: Impacts and scope of land acquisition Unit: m2 NN Works Tempora o. ry Permanent impacts im pac t Res ide nti Agricultu Irrigatio Irrigatio Total al re land n land n land lan d 1. Noong Chay reservoir- Muoi Noi commune Total affected area 0 211 1254 1465 2000 - Area under households 0 211 0 211 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 1254 1254 2000 2. Xum Lo reservoir – Chieng Mung commune Total affected area 117 125 707 949 2000 - Area under households 117 125 0 242 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 707 707 2000 3. Huoi Nha Kho Mu reservoir – Phieng Cam commune Total affected area 0 80 1163 1243 2000 - Area under households 0 80 0 80 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 1163 1163 2000 4 Ban Cu reservoir–Chieng Ban commune Total affected area 0 80 1905 1985 4000 - Area under households 0 80 0 80 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 1905 1905 4000 5. Xa Can, Ban O – Muong Bon commune Total affected area 0 0 895 895 4000 - Area under households 0 0 0 0 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 895 895 4000 6. Na Bo reservoir, Na Bo commune 87 Total affected area 415 200 531 1146 2000 - Area under households 415 200 0 615 0 - Area under CPC 0 0 531 531 2000 Total affected area of the entire 532 696 6455 7683 16000 subproject (Source: Household survey, January 2018) 259. The land acquisition affectes 36 households (166 people) in six communes of two districts of Mai Son and Thuan Chau which mainly include agricultural land, auxiliary works and crops. No AHs are severely affected HHs losing more than 20% of cultivated land and housing or 10% for vulnerable households. No household has to relocate. There are 29 vulnerable households (01 female headed household, 27 ethnic minority households, 01 single elderly household). Table 44: Statistics of households affected by the sub-project Impact Unit Quantity Number of affected households Household 36 - Number of households Household 36 - Number of persons Person 166 Total number of permanently affected households Household 31 Total number of temperarily affected households Household 5 Number of HHs with affected residential land Household 16 Number of relocated households Household 0 Number of households relocating in the same place Household 0 Number of HHs having agriculture and annual crop land Household 13 affected Number of households having irrigation land affected Household 0 (other land) Number of HHs with crop and trees affected Household 34 Number of HHs having structure and house affected Household 4 Number of vulnerable households Household 29 - Number of ethnic minority households Household 26 - Single women Household 1 - Family under preferential treatment policy Household 0 - The single elderly person Household 1 Severely affected households lost 20% or more of their Household 0 agricultural land holding Number of HHs having business activities affected Household 0 Others Household 0 (Source: Household survey, January 2018) 260. Impact assessment: the level of impact due to land acquisition of subprojects is assessed on average and long-term because: i) the subproject is only implemented repairing and upgrading of existing structures and facilities and the material gathering site is only located within the project’s right of way so that the level of impact on households is insignificant; ii) the majority of land to be 88 recovered is public land under management of People's Committees (accounting for 77.45%); iv) Almost HHs with affected land construct and cultivate on irrigation protection corridors as stipulated by PPC; and v) the subproject causes impact on ethnic minority people and 29 AHs under vulnerable group, however a resettlement plan and ethnic minority development plan will be prepared and implemented for the subproject in line with WB requirements, so impacts on these households will be minimized. c) Clearance of Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) 261. The works of the sub-project are located in seven communes in Thuan Chau district and Mai Son district, Son La province. These are the mountainous areas that have suffered a lot of bombs during the war and the sub-project area is not in the scope of clearance of unexploded ordnance; therefore, the risk of UXO in the area of subproject works is still very high. It is necessary to carry out inspection before commencing the works so as to avoid accidents that can cause material loss and affect the workers and the community during the implementation of the subproject. 262. Overall assessment of impact level:High negative impact, if it is not properly considered, may affect the safety of people and works, so it needs to strictly comply with the steps required to ensure safe sites before construction. d) Impacts due to cleaning up activities of site prior to construction 263. Dust and emissions: Dust and emissions arise from the operation of equipment during cleaning of construction site.However, because the works are scattered in the agricultural land areas which is far from the residential areas, impacts are insignificant and short-term and it causes little impact on the community. 264. Arising of solid waste: The main source of solid waste in this period is from the removal of organic vegetation covers in reservoir s and some of borrow pits prior to construction with an estimated volume of about 208.96 tons. In addition, there is also a small amount of domestic waste, but this amount is too small to cause negative impacts. 265. Impact of causing unsafe for communities and workers: This effect is mainly arisen from activities of operation of transportation vehicles and equipment gathered on the site, but in this period, there are not many machine; therefore, the risks are assessed as minor. 266. Affect vegetation cover and biodiversity: the activities are carried out in the scope of site clearance. Trees that need to cut down are longan, coffee, acacia and wild plants which havelow valuable in terms of biodiversity and natural preservation. Table 45. Volume of biomass generated during the preparation stage Coefficient Area Volume of Reservoir Type of biomass of biomass (m2) biomass (kg) k Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 5056.47 6.780 34,282.87 Noong Chay reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 675.29 0.199 134.38 Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 4045.18 6.780 27,426.30 Xum Lo reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 540.24 0.199 107.51 Scattered timber (longan, Huoi Nha Kho Mu coffee, acacia, litchi, 3431.18 6.780 23,263.38 reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 458.24 0.199 91.19 Ban Cu reservoir 1 Scattered timber (longan, 5598.24 6.780 37,956.04 89 Coefficient Area Volume of Reservoir Type of biomass of biomass (m2) biomass (kg) k coffee, acacia, litchi, bamboo) Wild plants and grass 747.65 0.199 148.78 Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 3,431.18 6.780 23,263.38 Ban Cu reservoir 2 bamboo) Wild plants and grass 458.24 0.199 91.19 Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 1986.47 6.780 13,468.27 Xa Can reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 265.29 0.199 52.79 Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 3,250.59 6.780 22,038.99 Ban O reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 434.12 0.199 86.39 Scattered timber (longan, coffee, acacia, litchi, 3,900.71 6.780 26,446.79 Na Bo reservoir bamboo) Wild plants and grass 520.94 0.199 103.67 Source: Household survey, January 2018 5.2.3. Impact evaluation and projection during subproject construction phase 5.2.3.1. Source of impact 267. A summary of source of impact during construction phase is presented in the table below: Table 46. A summary of source of impact during construction phase Object of No Source of impact Impact/Waste Level of impact impact A – Source of impact related to waste Dust generated by Medium, short term, excavation, under control levelling Dust and emission Medium, short term, Construction activities: from material Project under control transportation residents - Excavating 1 Dust and emission - Repair of main dam, Small, short-term, under Quality of from construction surrounding auxiliary dam, control equipment/machines environment overflow, flood spill Wastewater during Small, short-term, under construction control Solid waste from Medium, short term, construction works under control 90 Object of No Source of impact Impact/Waste Level of impact impact Small, temporary, able to minimize via strict Waste water Project implementation of residents mitigation measures 2 Worker’s activities Quality of Small, temporary, able surrounding Solid domestic to minimize via strict environment waste implementation of mitigation measures Maintenance of Quality of Low, temporary, under 3 transportation equipment, Hazardous waste surrounding control construction machines environment B – Source ofimpact unrelated to waste Small, temporary, able Project Noise and vibration to minimize via residents 1 Equipment, machines of machines and effective construction equipment and management Impact on socio- economic Small, short-term, under conditions of the control Concentration of workers Project area 2 at project site residents Risks of diseases and social evils due Small, short-term, under to concentration of control workers Cause disturbance Medium, short-term, Project Social impact caused by to local people able to minimize via residents 3 construction activities managing and coordinating measures Traffic congestion Project Medium, short-term and residents and discontinuance 4 Traffic able to control by traffic due to material Travellers via management plant transportation project area 5.2.3.2. Impact on the air environment a. Arising sources 268. Activities that generate dust and emissions are likely to cause impact on the quality of the air environment, including: i) Construction and excavation activities of works; ii) Activities of construction equipment at site; iii) operation of means of transport; b. Impact Analysis 269. The level of dust generation and air pollutants in the process of construction of subproject depends on the demand for use of fuel and excavation and mobilization of machinery and equipment on the site. According to the subproject design dossier, the main needs related to dust generation on site is shown in the following table: Table 47: Summary of volume of sources causing dust and air pollution 91 Total volume of Total amount of Number of No. Name of works backfilling soil consumed Diesel vehicles on site (m3) tons (turns of truck) 1 Noong Chay reservoir 114,993,86 160.79 12,300 2 Xum Lo reservoir 45,742.96 55.52 4800 3 Huoi Nha Kho Mu reservoir 25,049,19 30.59 2700 4 Ban Cu 1 Reservoir 77,191,62 83.20 8100 5 Ban Cu 2 Reservoir 204,365,38 46.03 21,600 6 Xa Can Reservoir 21,725,65 29.40 2400 7 Ban O Reservoir 33.207,13 47:36 3600 8 Na Bo Reservoir 45,552,15 60.96 4800 270. From the above table, in terms of the scope of a particular works, the activities that can cause the release of pollutants and dust are insignificant. In addition, these works are scattered and relatively far among different communes, exception of Ban Cu 1 and 2 reservoir, so that there is no cumulative impact among the works. Deep calculations on emissions and distribution of pollutants from sub- project activities have beenincluded in the EIA report of subproject approved by Son La PPC. Calculated results are based on the use of emission coefficient, estimation of pollutant load arising from the type of related activities, and then it is calculated the concentration of pollutants by different distance for each works to determine the scope of impact. However, the level of impact depends on the sensitivity of the receptors. The results of calculation of dust concentration and air pollutants from the operation of means of transport, operation of construction machines and excavation activities are presented in the following tables: Table 48. The concentration of pollutants in the air from the transport of construction materials is swept away by the wind Concentration of air Concentration of air pollutants with distance pollutants with distance No. Reservoir from road center line x = from road center line x = 10m (µg/m3) 100m (µg/m3) 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 0.025 ÷ 0.247 0.005 ÷ 0.049 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 0.019 ÷ 0.186 0.004 ÷ 0.037 Huoi Nha-Kho Mu 0.002 ÷ 0.025 3 0.012 ÷ 0.124 Reservoir 4 Ban Cu 1 Reservoir 0.019 ÷ 0.186 0.004 ÷ 0.037 5 Ban Cu 2 Reservoir 0.006 ÷ 0.062 0.001 ÷ 0.012 6 Xa Can Reservoir 0.006 ÷ 0.062 0.001 ÷ 0.012 7 Ban O Reservoir 0.006 ÷ 0.062 0.001 ÷ 0.012 8 Na Bo Reservoir 0.015 ÷ 0.155 0.003 ÷ 0.031 QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT 0.3 0.3 Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 271. From the result above, it shows that secondary dust generated during the operation of transport vehicles of construction materials and wastes do not exceed the allowable standard both within 10m and 100m along transport routes. Table 49: Concentration of pollutants through transportation of materials from fuel consumption demand 92 Polluta Concentration of air pollutants with distance from road center line x = 10m (mg/m3) nts Noong Xum Huoi Ban Cu Ban Cu Xa Can Ban O Na Bo QCVN Chay Lo Nha- 1 2 Reserv Reserv Reserv 05:201 Reserv Reserv Kho Reserv Reserv oir oir oir 3 oir oir Mu oir oir /BTN Reserv MT oir Dust 1,933 1.450 0.968 1.450 0.482 0.482 0.482 1.450 0.3 SO2 0,022 0.017 0.011 0.017 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.017 0.35 NOx 3,093 2.320 1.546 2.320 0.773 0.773 0.773 2.320 0.2 CO 6,229 4.670 3.114 4.670 1.556 1.556 1.556 4.670 30 VOC 1,720 1.290 0.860 1.290 0.430 0.430 0.430 1.290 - Polluta Concentration of air pollutants with distance from road center line x = 100m (mg/m3) nt Noong Xum Huoi Ban Cu Ban Cu Xa Can Ban O Na Bo QCVN Chay Lo Nha- 1 2 Reserv Reserv Reserv 05:201 Reserv Reserv Kho Reserv Reserv oir oir oir 3 oir oir Mu oir oir /BTN Reserv MT oir Dust 0,384 0.288 0.192 0.288 0.096 0.096 0.096 0.288 0.3 SO2 0,004 0.003 0.002 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.003 0.35 NOx 0,614 0.461 0.307 0.461 0.154 0.154 0.154 0.461 0.2 CO 1,237 0.928 0.619 0.928 0.309 0.309 0.309 0.928 30 VOC 0.342 0.256 0.171 0.256 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.256 - Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 272. From the above table, it could be seen that from the distance of 10m, compared with QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT, the concentration of pollutants such as dust, NOx in all reservoirs is 4-15 times exceed the allowable limits. The concentration of other pollutants such as SO2, CO, VOC in all reservoirs is lower than the allowable limits. Table 50: concentration of pollutants from the operation of construction machines Polluta Concentration of air pollutants with distance from road center line x = 10m nts (mg/m3) Noong Xum Huoi Ban Cu Ban Cu Xa Can Ban O Na Bo QCV Chay Lo Nha- 1 2 Reserv Reserv Reserv N Reserv Reserv Kho Reserv Reserv oir oir oir 05:20 oir oir Mu oir oir 13 Reserv /BTN oir MT Dust 0.0773 0.0278 0.0155 0.0402 0.0216 0.0124 0.0216 0.0278 0.3 SO2 0.0009 0.0003 0.0002 0.0005 0.0002 0.0002 0.0003 0.0003 0.35 NOx 1.1721 0.4021 0.2289 0.6124 0.3309 0.2103 0.3495 0.4361 0.2 CO 0.1794 0.0619 0.0340 0.0928 0.0526 0.0309 0.0526 0.0680 30 Polluta Concentration of air pollutants with distance from road center line x = 100m nts (mg/m3) 93 Noong Xum Huoi Ban Cu Ban Cu Xa Can Ban O Na Bo QCV Chay Lo Nha- 1 2 Reserv Reserv Reserv N Reserv Reserv Kho Reserv Reserv oir oir oir 05:20 oir oir Mu oir oir 13 Reserv /BTN oir MT Dust 0.0154 0.0055 0.0031 0.0080 0.0043 0.0025 0.0043 0.0055 0.3 SO2 0.0002 0.0001 0.0000 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0001 0.0001 0.35 NOx 0.2328 0.0799 0.0455 0.1216 0.0657 0.0418 0.0694 0.0866 0.2 CO 0.0356 0.0123 0.0068 0.0184 0.0104 0.0061 0.0104 0.0135 30 Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 273. From the above table, it could be seen that from the distance of 10m, compared with QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT, the concentration of pollutants such as NOx in all reservoirs is 2-6 times exceeding the allowable limits. The concentration of other pollutants such as dust, SO2, CO, in all reservoirs is well under the allowable limits. Table 51: Amount of dust arising from excavation activities Dust load arising during Average dust STT Reservoir excavation and landfilling concentration (g/h) (µg/m3/h.) 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 22.34  2233.87 89.36  8935.48 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 9.90  990.09 39.6  3960.36 3 Huoi Nha-Kho Mu Reservoir 9.74  973.93 38.96  3895.72 4 Ban Cu 1 Reservoir 18.14  1813.75 72.56  7255.59 5 Ban Cu 2 Reservoir 5.21  520.51 20.84  2082.04 6 Xa Can Reservoir 10.44  1044.48 41.76  4177.92 7 Ban O Reservoir 3.48  347.56 13.92  1390.24 8 Na Bo Reservoir 9.72  971.83 38.88  3887.32 Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 274. From the above calculation, in comparison with QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT, the average dust concentration in the peak time at the construction sites of 7 reservoirs caused by the excavation and landfilling activities exceeds the allowable limit. It means mitigation measures are required during excavation and landfilling implementation. c) Impact assessment: from Low and moderate 275. From the results of the analysis of the impact, it shows that the dust concentration and some air pollutants exceed the allowable standards within the distance of10m far from the boundary of the construction works. Therefore, sensitive objects in this area will be affected. However, according to the survey results in the field, the construction works under the subproject are very far from the residential area, the nearest residential area is about 1000m far from the works. According to calculations, it shows that dust from transportation vehicles does not exceed the allowable standards. However, in practice, most of the roads to the site have many sections of gravel road. According to experience from many contractors, it shows that the activity of the construction trucks on these roads often generates large amount of dust. Besides, in the surrounding area, there is land for growing coffee,rice and maize of the people with open space so that air pollutants are easily dissolved. As a result, the main affected subjects are construction workers and households living near the aggregate roads where transport means operate. However, these impacts can be limited through appropriate 94 mitigation measures. 5.2.3.3. Impact caused by noise and vibration a. Arising sources Noise and vibration arise from: 276. Construction machines and equipment in the site and transport vehicles b. Impact Analysis • Impact due to noise 277. Source noise arising fromthe machine and equipment is within 1.5 ÷ 2m from the noise source. According to typical noise standards of construction vehicles and equipment of the "US Environmental Protection Committee - Noise from construction equipment and equipment NJID, 300.1, 31/12/71", it is the basis for controlling noise levels from operation of machine and activities causing noise. Comparing with the construction activities, the construction equipment will be mobilized on the site and noise levels from the arising sources of the sub-projects are as follows: Table 52: The results of calculating noise level at its source during construction phase No Activities Mainly used equipment Level of source noise (dBA) 1 Excavation Bulldozers, buckets 85  96.6 2 Levelling Graders, rollers 80.8  93.1 3 Road paving Spreaders, compactors, roller 87.9  95 4 Landscape and Bulldozers, backhoes, roller 80.693.2 Cleaning 5 Structure Construction Cranes, welding machines, pumps, concrete mixers, concrete mixing machine, generator, 87.5  96.3 mortal grouting 6 Transportation Trucks 83  94 278. Based on the noise level at the source, noise from the operation of vehicles, machine and equipment involved in the project activities to the surrounding areas are identified in the EIA report of subproject for construction items in the following table: Table 53: Prediction of noise level decreased by distance from source of generation Descripti Source Noise Noise level at the site edge at a distance on of (dB) Site edge * 10m 50m 100m 500m constructi on Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max activities Excavatio n and transporta tion of soil 85 96.6 80 91.6 78.6 90.2 75.3 86.9 73.1 84.7 66.8 78.4 Levelling 80.8 93.1 75.8 88.1 74.4 86.7 71.1 83.4 68.9 81.2 62.6 74.9 Road spreading 87.9 95 82.9 90 81.5 88.6 78.2 85.3 76 83.1 69.7 76.8 Landscap 80.6 93.2 75.6 88.2 74.2 86.8 70.9 83.5 68.7 81.3 62.4 75 95 Descripti Source Noise Noise level at the site edge at a distance on of (dB) Site edge * 10m 50m 100m 500m constructi on Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max activities e and Cleaning Site 74 88 69 83 67.6 81.6 64.3 78.3 62.1 76.1 55.8 69.8 activities Transport ation of 83 94 78 89 76.6 87.6 73.3 84.3 71.1 82.1 64.8 75.8 material QCVN26:2010/BTNMT 621h: 70 (dBA) and 216h: 55 (dBA) Circular No. 24/2016/TT-BYT: Exposure time of eight hours/ day: 85 (dBA); Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 (*): 6m distance from the edge of the construction 279. From the table above, the noise level from the activities on the site is within the allowable limit in accordance withQCVN 26: 2010 / BTNMT with distance of 107m from the construction site. Relevant activities (material transport) will cause the highest noise level of 8dBA which is beyond the allowable limit. Thenoise level only reaches the allowable limit at distance of 37m from the edge of the operation road. However, the duration of impact is within 18 months during the construction process, but not being continuous, it only occurs when operating equipment causing noise. Compared with the allowable limit for negative pressure in accordance with the exposure time in the Circular 24/2016 / TT-BYT, most noise sources at the maximum noise level is higher than 85 dBA. Therefore, it can affect those who directly operate the equipment or work in the field during the construction process. • Impact due to vibration 280. Construction of sub-project works items mainly relates to excavation of the main dam and spillway area, so that the equipment, which can create significant vibration level,includes excavator, bulldozer, transport vehicles, vehicles rolling... Level of specific vibration emission of construction equipment is shown in the following table: Table 54: The vibration level of some typical construction equipment (10m away) No Type of equipment/machines Reference vibration (vertically, dB) 1 Land excavator 80 2 Bulldozer 79 3 Transport vehicles 74 4 Rollers 82 5 Air Compressor 81 Source: US Environmental Protection Committee - Noise from construction equipment and machine NJID, 300.1, 31/12/1971 281. Forecastingresult of vibration level of some types of machine used in the construction of the project. Table 55. Decrease of vibrationby distance in construction No Equipment Source Vibration at distance 96 vibration (r0=10m) r=12m r=14m r=16m r=18m Lveq Laeq Lveq Laeq Lveq Laeq Lveq Laeq Lveq Laeq (mm/s (dB) (mm/s) (dB) (mm/s) (dB) (mm/s) (dB) (mm/s) (dB) ) 1 Excavator 80 1.72 70.5 0.58 61.1 0.20 51.9 0.07 42.6 0.02 2 Bulldozer 79 1.53 69.5 0.51 60.1 0.17 50.9 0.06 41.6 0.02 3 Heavy 74 truck 0.86 64.5 0.29 55.1 0.10 45.9 0.03 36.6 0.01 4 Roller 82 2.17 72.5 0.73 63.1 0.25 53.9 0.08 44.6 0.03 Air 81 Compresso 5 r 1.93 71.5 0.65 62.1 0.22 52.9 0.08 43.6 0.03 QCVN27:2010/BTNMT, allowed level 75dB from 6  21h and background level from 21h6h. DIN 4150, 1970 (German),2mm/s: no damage; 5mm/s: falling out mortar; 10mm/s: might damage load- bearing details ; 20  40mm/s: damage load-bearing details Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 282. Compare the prediction with allowed limits according to QCVN 27: 2010 / BTNMT, it is seen that the vibration level within 10m from the edge of the construction site is within allowed limits. The residential areas are located at least 1000 m away from the edge of the work so they will not be affected. c) Impact assessment: Moderate 283. Basing on the above results, the noise and vibration caused by construction activities of the subproject affect the surrounding area with a distance of 107m from the main works of transportation roads. However, according to the survey results, it shows that the level of the impact is very low because: i) within the diameter of 1000m, there is no residential area; II) the surrounding area is mainly agricultural land area; III) along the transportation road, the density of population is very sparse and the density of vehicle is low; IV) in addition, the construction and transportation activities are not ongoing that depends on the actual activities in the site. As a result, noise and vibration primarily affects workers operating machine and equipment and construction workers. Therefore, measures to minimize impacts on workers should be applied. 5.2.3.4. Impact on water environment a. Arising sources 284. The following activities generating waste or factors causing impacts which may affect water and sediment in the subproject area, including i) rain water spilling and mixing with the mud from the construction site; II) waste water from construction activities of the worker; III) wastewater from concrete mixing activities; IV) grease containing substances used in the site. b. Impact Analysis 285. Based on the analysis of the scope, level and demand of activities on the site, the contents of impacts on the surface water quality of the subproject are calculated in the following table: Table 56: Estimation of sources of water pollutants Amount of construction Potential volume of Demand for water waste water eroded soil No. Items (m3/day) (m3/day) (m 3 ) 1 Noong Chay Reservoir 22.5 112.5 257.34 97 Amount of construction Potential volume of Demand for water waste water eroded soil No. Items (m3/day) (m3/day) (m 3 ) 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 9.3 46.5 114.06 Huoi Nha Kho Mu 3 6 Reservoir 30 112.20 4 Ban cu 1 Reservoir 12.6 63 208.94 5 Ban Cu 2 Reservoir 9.3 46.5 59.96 6 Xa Can Reservoir 2.25 11:25 120.32 7 Ban O Reservoir 6.3. 31.5 40.04 8 Na Bo Reservoir 7.5 37.5 111.95 Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 286. The water environment can be polluted by wastewater containing high organic components generated from living, sedimentation, oil and grease in construction waste water, overflowing rain water containing dust, suspension turbid, grease and organic substances. Water indicators such as turbidity, suspended solids, nitrate, sulfate, BOD5, COD, the total coliform will significantly decrease the water quality in the reservoir s and downstream area. 287. Domestic wastewater: Domestic wastewater during the construction process is mainly from workers on the construction site. Due to the characteristics of the location of the works under the subproject, workers camps will be located on the site. The table above shows the volume of domestic wastewater (estimated at 80% of the total of used water). But this type of wastewater will contain typical pollutants such as BOB, TSS, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, coliform, fecal coliform and helminthic eggs which will play a role of transmission of diseases. 288. Construction waste water: from construction of main work items such as dam, spillway, sluices requiring adoption of measures such as embankment, flow diversion, it will cause large volume of water in foundation hole, which should be nearly continuously pumped during construction phase. This is also considered as construction wastewater because it has been contaminated by earth and rock excavation and landfilling and might contain grease, oil and cement etc. It is estimated that the total of construction volume is not large, it only focuses on the stages having activities related to concrete. 289. Spilling rainwater: The composition of rainwater is quite difficult to estimate and varies depending on rainy time. The pollutant composition in the retained rainwater during construction phase mainly include natural earth and stone arising from construction activities and a small amount of domestic waste retained on the ground. Lubricants and chemicals used in construction: The area for vehicle washing and equipment and machine cleansing in the construction site is located near the entrance gate. Waste water from this area mainly includes: waste oil from periodical oil replacement; vehicle maintenance and washing water; solid waste containing oil coming from motorbike operation and maintenance activities. c. Impact assessment: Moderate 290. Those affected by water pollutants in the sub-project area will be surrounding water bodies and soil environment. According to the site survey results, there is no pond, rivers or streams in the area surrounding the reservoirs. However, the construction works are located in the area with a certain slope, in case of rain, it can affect the lower areas because rain water will contain stone and soil from the site. Wastewater from the camp will affects the area surrounding the camp site, which is the vacant land under the management of the Commune People's Committee, so the direct impacts are very small, but this is a source of disease and transmission and disease from workers. Wastewater from construction and from maintenance activities on the site (if any) will only cause effect within the site area. And it needs to have appropriate controlling measures. 98 5.2.3.5. Impact due to solid waste a. Arising sources: 291. Solid waste from construction activities of the subproject is mainly from: i) waste soil and stone from excavation and construction activities; ii) domestic waste from workers' activities; iii) hazardous wastes from related activities. b. Impact Analysis: 292. The volume of solid waste of all kinds depends on the quantity of excavated and dredged soil volume from the site, the number of workers to be mobilized on the site, construction management and construction skills of workers on the construction site. Total construction waste and domestic waste generated from construction activities of subprojects are estimated in the following table: Table 57. Estimate of domestic waste stone and soil volume generated from construction activities of the sub-project No. Name of work: Volume of waste stone Volume of solid waste (kg / (m3 ) month) 1 Noong Chay reservoir 543,486 3,600 2 Xum Lo reservoir 1,095,205 1,488 3 Huoi Nha Kho Mu reservoir 1,537,879 960 4 Ban Cu 1Reservoir 815.9 2.016 5 Ban Cu 2 reservoir 1,304,712 1,488 6 Xa Can reservoir 288,897 360 7 Ban O reservoir 1,784,024 1,008 8 Na Bo Reservoir 165,018 1,200 Total 7,535,12 12.120 Source: EIA report approved by People's Committee of Son La province in May 2018 293. According to the table above, the amount of excavated soil and stone that can not be utilized in the construction site and needs to be transported and dumped is very small for each construction item. The amount of waste is mainly generated in the first stage. Domestic waste is estimated by month with small volume. However, the volume of calculation is applied to the cases that the workers are mobilized on the site at peak times. And in fact,the actual quantity of daily workers on the site will be smaller. 294. For hazardous wastes: According to the statistics, the volume of hazardous wastes generated mainly for the construction phase includes all kinds of waste metal, solid waste containing oil, paint residue. Impacts caused by hazardous solid waste are assessed with high levels of impact. However, as the volume of waste generated from the project implementation is not large and the strict implementation of hazardous waste management measures, the probability of impacts is minimized. In addition, according to the design plan, the termite destruction activity will be carried out for all works under the subproject, whereby the substance of Metavina 10DP is expected to be used and, if not well managed, it will cause pollution of water and soil quality surrounding the construction site. c. Impact assessment: from low to Moderate 295. Impacts from solid waste of all kinds mainly affect land, water, air and public health. However, according to the survey results, the area around the project has no water basins and rivers which can be affected by the solid waste. Impact on groundwater quality requires a longer period of osmosis and larger arising volumes. For air environment, smell, toxic gas (mainly H2S), it can be created, however, with fresh air conditions, these toxic gases are easily diluted to a non-impact level. As for the public health, the survey results also show that there is no household living within 1000m far from the site. Therefore, the affected subjects are mainly workers andconstruction staffs on the site. The spreading of solid wastes will cause a cumulative effect on other activities in the area over time 99 that may cause flow congestion or unsafetyin the site. Therefore, it requires appropriate management measures. 5.2.3.6. Impact on the surrounding agricultural cultivation area a. Arising sources: 296. The surrounding agricultural lands may be affected by: i) sedimentation generated by erosion at the construction site during rain; ii) Excavated soil and stone, construction materials throwing outside the scope of works; iii) dumping of waste is not well managed; iv) operation in borrow pit causes spilling to the surrounding area. b. Impact Analysis: 297. Arising sludge by erosion at the construction site of the main dam, spillway and some operation road sections. It is estimated that in the rainy season, the potential erosion volume per meter of ground construction is forecasted to be 0.37m3. This soil volumn has been liquefied by rain, easily overflowed to the lowlands surrounding the works.Potential impact during excavation (about 12 months for each site) focuses on heavy rain (September-December). 298. In addition, according to calculation in the design dossier of the sub-project, most of excavated soil volume will be reused for the purpose of embankment. As a result, the amount of excavated soils will need to be temporarily located on site before it can be used for backfill. If this activity is not well managed, it will cause risk of spilling to surrounding areas and affecting agricultural activities of households near the construction site. 299. Moreover, the area of agricultural land around the dumping sites and borrow pit may also be affected if land management measures are not well implemented. c. Impact assessment: Moderate 300. Because all works of the subproject are located on agricultural cultivation land areas, impacts on this activity may occur, however, the level of impacts is minor: i) according to survey results,it shows that the area of agricultural land is mainly used for cultivating coffee trees and fruit trees so that the impacts from spilling of soil and stone in the site will be limited.The area used for growing rice, maize and cropis distributed far away from the construction works; ii) There is a temporary site in the construction site. Land around the works is mainly under management of CPC, therefore, construction activities are less likely to be beyond the scope of site clearance of the works; iii) According to estimates, most of the excavated soil will be utilized for backfilling, so that the amount of disposalsoil and the need for additional backfilling will be small. In addition, the waste soil will be dumped at various dumping sites. Therefore, the volume of waste at each dumping site is small. The activities of exploiting backifilling soil carried out in many different borrow pits which are near the construction site. 5.2.3.7. Impact on traffic and traffic safety issues a. Arising sources The following activities create impact factors that may affect road traffic, including: 301. Construction activities at reservoirs 302. Transportation of materials by road: national highways, provincial roads and local roads causes slippery and damaged public facilities; b. Impact Analysis 303. Obstruction of travelling of community: At present, the dam routes are the traffic roads for people in the area to travel. Therefore, asphalting of road surface will directly affect the travelling of people. Therefore, the subproject owner will have reasonable measures to control traffic so that people can still travel during the construction process. 304. Risk of traffic accident on the transport road: Vehicles carrying material and waste from material mines and construction site will bring the soil adhering to the tire. Soil scattered on the road will cause dust and when mixing with water, it will become liquid mud. Liquid mud on the road 100 surface creates a slippery condition and increases the risk of road safety. In addition, the increase in traffic vehicles on inter-village and inter-commune roads will create a significant risk of traffic conflict between the transport vehicles of the sub-project and the means of the local community. 305. Damage and downgrade of roads: According to calculations in the technical design documents, it showed that the transportation roads are from national highways to district roads and inter-village roads. Regarding inter-village roads with the distance of 900m to 3km, these roads are the aggregate roads with low loading which are easily affected by the operation of large means of transportation. c. Impact assessment: Moderate 306. According to the survey, it shows that the works of subproject are located in the remote and isolated areas with limited traffic. The local community is using the operational roads, main dam and spillway to be the internal roads. Construction activities on these roads will obstruct travelling of the community. Therefore, it needs to have an appropriate traffic management measures. 307. Besides, it is expected that some inter-village roads will be used as transportation roads. Currently, these roads are aggregate roads with low loading. Thus, the increase of transport means with heavy loading will cause downgrading and damage to drainage culvert, irrigation system along these roads. It needs to conduct initial assessments of the status and commitment between the owner, the contractor and the local government are required. 5.2.3.8. Impacts due to material exploitation and transportation a. Impact sources: 308. Because the activity of soil exploitation and backfilling is conducted at works under the subproject, this activity is carried out in seven borrow pits in the surrounding area. b. Impact Analysis 309. The borrow pits which are expected to be exploited to serve construction of works are presented in the following table. Soil exploitation activities in the borrow pits will cause some impacts on the environment such as effect on the surrounding agricultural land, destroying the environmental landscape and losing vegetation cover. Table 58. Location of borrow pits expected to be exploited to serve construction activities 101 Name of Supply sources Distance and route works Noong Chay Land under management of People's - Distance of 200m Reservoir Committee of Muoi Noi commune. The borrow pit is located along the - Transportation on the management road left abutment of dam of reservoir Xum Lo Land under management of People's Reservoir Committee of Chieng Mung - Distance of 200m commune. The borrow pit is located - Transportation on the management road along the right abutment of Lung of reservoir Ho Huoi Nha Kho Land under management of People's Mu Reservoir Committee of Phieng Cam - Distance of 200m commune. The borrow pit is located - Transportation on the management road at the right of road to reservoir No. of reservoir 2 Ban Cu 1 and - The borrow pit is located on the right 2 Reservoir Land under management of People's bank of dam with distance of 200m from Committee of Chieng Ban the dam commune. The borrow pit is located at the right bank of reservoir No.2 - Transportation on the management road of reservoir Xa Can Land under management of People's - Distance of 1km Reservoir Committee of Muong Bon commune. The borrow pit is near - Transportation on the inter-commune Muong Bon CPC road Ban O Land under management of People's - Distance of 200m Reservoir Committee of Muong Bon commune, on the left abutment of - Transportation on the management road dam of Ban O reservoir Na Bo Land under management of People's - Distance of 0.7km Reservoir Committee of Na Bo commune, - Transportation on the inter-commune sub-zone 8 road c. Impact assessment: Low 310. The impacts from the exploitation of construction materials are assessed as minor due to the following reasons: i) the majority of the materials are purchased, only backfilling soil will be taken from the local borrow pits; II) the need of backfilling soil in reservoirs is very low and most of borrow pits are located around reservoirs; III) the vegetation in the area is just grass and shrubs and there is no rare specie which need to be be preserved; IV) location of the borrow pits is under management of CPCs which is far from the agriculture cultivation land of people. 5.2.3.9. Impact due to dumping waste stone a. Impact sources: 311. Dispose of waste stone and soil that are not used on site at the disposal sites in the area. b. Impact Analysis: 312. Waste soil and stone that needs to be dumped is organic soil containing plant roots arising from the excavation of road bed and soil arising from treatment of weak ground. Waste soil and stone does not meet the requirements of the subproject and should be dumped without toxic components. This is a good source of material that can be used to level ground in civil areas that do not require a high level of material. Similar to excavation and transportation of waste materials, in addition to the 102 impacts generated during transportation, waste stone and soil in the dump sites may overlap with neighboring land areas and cause muddy status. Table 59: Demand for dumping and location of waste disposal sites under the subproject Construction Volume of Location of dumping sites works waste rock and soil Distance and route (m3 ) Noong Chay Land under management of Distance of 3.5km . Reservoir People's Committee of Muoi Noi Transportation on the inter- 543,486 commune in Phieng Bong village, commune road and Muoi Noi commune management road of reservoir Xum Lo Distance of 1.5km . Reservoir The position of dumping site is Transportation on the inter- 1,095,205 under land of Mr. Ha Van Thoat commune road and (Noong Ba dumping site) management road of reservoir Huoi Nha – Land under management of Phieng Distance of 600m . Kho Mu Cam CPC, at position of P21, Km 1,537,879 Transportation on the inter- Reservoir 0+640, road to Huoi Nha – Kho village road Mu reservoir Ban Cu 1 and Expected position of borrow pit: 2 Reservoir under land plot No. 07, BÄ? 02, Distance of 900m . 2,210,612 area of 3700m2 under land of Mr. Transportation on the inter- Tong Van Phieng transfer for Mr. village road Leo Van Thao Xa Can Land under management of Distance of 2km . Reservoir 288,897 Muong Bon CPC, in Xa Can Transportation on the inter- village, Muong Bon commune commune road Ban O Land under management of Distance of 2km . Reservoir Muong Bon CPC, in O village, Transportation on the inter- 1,784,024 Muong Bon commune commune road, management road of reservoir Na Bo Land under management of Na Bo Distance of 1.5km . Reservoir CPC, sub-zone 8, storage capacity Transportation on the inter- 165,018 of 1200m3 commune road, management road of reservoir c. Impact assessment: Low 313. The impact from this activity is assessed as minor because: i) soil which needs to be dumped is the organic soil without toxic ingredients; II) the volume of waste dumping is small; III)the dumping of waste is on different locations; IV) the expected locations of waste dumping is expected to be in the vacant land under management of CPC or land of some households having the need of levelling; v) iii) vegetation cover in these areas is just grass and shrubs, and there are no rare species that need to be preserved. 5.2.3.10. Impact due to gathering workers a. Arising sources: 314. Regarding the gathering of workers at each construction site for an average of 10-12 months and at the peak time, it can peak up to 50-150 workers (Noong Chay Reservoir), it will generate relevant issues such as conflicts, losing of order insecurity, infectious diseases ... 103 b. Impact Analysis: 315. Unfavourable sanitation conditions in temporary houses and tents in the construction site will lead to diseases such as dengue fever, eye diseases, etc., then spread to residential areas around. In addition, there is the possibility of the spread of social diseases such as HIV / AIDS caused by workers from other localities and vice versa of workers infected by local residents. 316. There is conflict between local people and workers from other localities due to the differences in lifestyle and culture. Especially, people in the subproject area are ethnic minority people. If it is not well managed, it will cause social consequence. Material collisions and disputes, theft of property of people and enterprises, damage to materials, equipment, crops, and so on are the causes of conflict, loss, and security in the locality. c. Impact assessment: Moderate 317. Arising impacts are assessed as moderate level because: i) the demand of concentration of workers in the site is not large and in a short time; ii) The site area is located in a relatively isolated position, away from residential areas; iii) contractor plans to use some local labor resources. 5.2.3.11. Loss of labor safety for workers a. Source of impact 318. Operation of equipment, practice of construction activities on site, labor camp conditions. b. Impact Analysis 319. It will require to mobilize a number of machines and equipment on the site so the operation of machines and equipment will cause the risk of safety for workers. Electric shock will happen in case of unsafe management of electricity. In addition, workers will also be impacted on health, faced with many types of diseases due to poor living conditions, hygiene and without periodic health care. c. Impact assessment: Moderate 320. It is the average impact because mobilized machines and equipment on the site is not the heavy loading machine and equipment, be easy to operate. However, it needs to strictly comply with labor safety meaures during the project implementation process to ensure safety for workers and local community and it it required to have rapid response mechanism in case of loss of labor safety. 5.2.3.12. Interruption of irrigation water due to construction a. Impact sources: 321. Temporary stop operation of reservoir in the construction process. b. Impact Analysis 322. Repairing and rehabilitating dams at 7 reservoirs will cause potentiality of disruption of irrigation water supply, thus affecting agricultural production. According to the socio-economic survey results, it shows that about 20% of interviewed persons states that they use water from reservoirs in which 37% of them uses the water source for bathing and 94% of them uses water source for production activities. Table 60: Beneficial area and the number of households that can be affected by the interruption of the water supply during construction of the subproject Current irrigation area Number of households which may be No. Reservoirs Industrial crops, interrupted for Rice (ha) vegetables and irrigation water fruits (ha) supply * 1 Noong ChayReservoir 20 60 12 2 Xum Lo Reservoir 25 15 3 Huoi Nha Kho Mu Reservoir 60 18 104 Current irrigation area Number of households which may be No. Reservoirs Industrial crops, interrupted for Rice (ha) vegetables and irrigation water fruits (ha) supply * 4 Ban Cu 1 and 2 Reservoir 16 50 07 5 Xa Can Reservoir 9.8 05 6 Ban O Reservoir 8.9 04 7 Na Bo Reservoir 100 08 Source: * screening form of works of the subproject c. Impact assessment: Low 323. As the project technical design of the project is the cofferdam option, the water source is maintained at a minimum to ensure production. The construction of intake interrupting the flow will be provided with an alternate flow, so the damage caused by the discontinuity of irrigation source for agriculture has been well controlled. 5.2.3.13. Impact on graves, cultural heritage 324. There are no graves built on the site. Besides, surrounding the subproject with a radius of 3 km, there is absolutely no cultural heritage, so this effect is considered negligible. 5.2.3.14. Impacts on livelihoods and business due to construction Construction activities may cause a shortage of water for production and business activities of some households. According to the survey with somehouseholds living along the road to the dam, there aresome households doing small business; however, it is not their main source of income. Currently, the surface area of Noong Run Reservoir is being rented by people for aquaculture and in the construction process, it will stop the aquaculture activities of households rent the reservoir surface. However, so as to reduce and limit these impacts, the project owner has to cooperate closely with the authority to assess the level of effect so as to bring out suitable support. Besides, while constructing, contractors make plan and construct so as to reduce impacts on affected households. Localities should compensate and support in line with the policies stated in RPF and EMDF to ensure that they do not worsen the livelihoods and business situation of Ahs. When being asked, 100% of people said they are concerned about the environmental impact due to transport of soil and materials. People also worry that many workers come to live and break the quiet environment of the countryside and can cause security problems such as theft. Therefore, the negative impacts are assessed as average which can be managed through suitable mitigation measures. Impact on gender equality and children 325. During the construction process, repair of dam may cause cutting of water in one crop season that lead to situation that women have to spend more time in taking water (according to custom and assignment of labor by gender). 326. Reduce of crop land area will directly affect income of women which is also an indirect reason that they have to earn living far from locality. 327. The fact shows that children may be at risk from water. For example, in some cases, children are drowned. Therefore, it should be issued policy on safety for children, protection of children’s entitlement, do not allow children to participate in business services around area of upgrading and repairing reservoir. 328. Road will be more dirty in rainy season that may affect psychology of children and they will feel afraid to go to school. Therefore, contractor mainly construct in dry season. 329. However, the activities of the project does not cause discontinuity of water supply source. It is considered as minor impact due to the short time of construction and does not cause long term effect 105 on living of local people 5.2.3.15. Negative impacts on ethnic minorities 330. Implementation of the subproject brings positive impacts on living of ethnic minority people, especially Muong people. However, during the subproject construction process, it also causes certain impacts on ethnic minority people in six communes under the subproject. During the construction process, there are 27 affected ethnic minority households, especially when constructing and repairing intake, cutting water is mandatory; therefore, lack of water for production in one season will affect living of people. During the construction process, it should be constructed by the time when people complete harvesting crop or it should be used method of diversion to serve agriculture production of people. 331. Besides impact due to cutting water source for one crop season, the implementation of subproject also causes some negative impacts such as: obstruction of traffic, dust and raise during the construction process; temporary dismantling of works and canal and increase of adverse impacts due to the increase of speed of vehicles after completion of the project. However, these negative impacts can be mitigated or eliminated. Therefore, ethnic minority development plan of the project is focused on consultation to ensure that local people will have chance to raise their concern, be participated in the project’s activities and benefited from the project. Process of screening and consulting ethnic minority people has been conducted. Community is facilitated in ‘free consultation, advance consultation and consultation containing informationâ€? which lead to ‘community receive information and support the projectâ€? because of positive impacts brought by the project to them. Therefore, the impact is assessed as moderate and manageable. 5.2.3.16. Impacts on the ecosystem 332. As assessed in the current status analysis, it has a poor ecosystem in the area and without value for scientific research or conservation. In the distance of over 5 km from the works, there is no natural forest and nature reserve. Waste arising from construction activities such as wastewater, solid waste and hazardous waste, if not well managed, can pollute the water source and affect the life of aquatic animals and plants. However, according to survey results, there are no important water bodies in the project area. The water quality in the reservoir may be affected but the flora and fauna in the reservoir have been not recorded. As a result, the impact on the ecosystem in the area is considered as minor and insignificant. 5.2.3.17. Impact on water supply and use in downstream area 333. It may happen during the construction process. In this case, it will cause dispute or unsatisfaction of households because some households have advantage in taking water and some others do not have advantage in position of taking water. It should be committed by households in the village meeting and they should be disseminated about the cases which may happen. However, besides the main water source taking from reservoirs, households can take water from stream to be additional irrigation water source during the three months of construction. 334. Water for drinking and daily life is taken from underground wells and drilled wells so the water cutting to improve the dam does not affect the living of people in the project area. 335. The project objective is to strengthen the capacity of the relevant local authorities to manage and implement upgrading of dam; to encourage participation; to strengthen knowledge and understanding of management and repair; to strengthen equal cooperation among beneficiary users with local authorities as well as management units. This will help people and local communities develop collective water management mechanism to avoid potential conflicts amongthe stakeholders and minimize potential short-term and long-term impacts. In particular, there may be a conflict between the irrigation company (or the local irrigation staff) and water user when there is a variance in the water supply plan. In other words, it may occur a conflict among the water users, especially the upstream and downstream households when water supply is uneven. 5.2.4. Forecasting of specific impacts 336. The construction of different subproject work items may affect some sensitive areas located near construction sites, 7/11 of work items cause impacts. However, the level of impact is assessed 106 from low to moderate, taking place in a short time and can be minimized. 107 Table 61: Specific impacts of the subproject No. Specific impacts of the subproject Description of the impact Impact location Level of impact - Construction activities disrupted the Traffic road on the dam of Moderate, can be travelling of the households. Huoi Nho - Kho Mu controlled through appropriate mitigation - Transport of materials can cause traffic Location of the camp activities jams, traffic accidents due to very small surrounds the dam roads. 1 - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir - On rainy days, the management route is The transport road passes Moderate, can be very muddy that causes difficulty in through the pass with the controlled through travelling. length of 12 km appropriate mitigation activities - The transport roadhas the length of more than30km in which there is12 km of the pass 2 road, being slippery and earth road so that on rainy days, it cannot transport materials Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir 108 No. Specific impacts of the subproject Description of the impact Impact location Level of impact - In winter, temperatures in Phieng Co are Workers camp area, at the Moderate, can be very low <100C, so the construction workers construction site controlled through coming from other localities areeasily to be appropriate mitigation sick. activities - The majority of the people living in the sub-area are Hmong ethnic minority people, so it may arise conflicts in customs and traditions. 3 - Due to the extremely difficult communes, food sources for workers will be in short supply. Huoi Nha – Kho Mu - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning - Currently the reservoir surface is being The reservoir area, worker Moderate, can be rented by people for aquaculture. The camp area, at the controlled through construction process will stop the aquaculture construction site appropriate mitigation activities of households. activities - The majority of the people living in the sub-area are Hmong ethnic minority people, 4 so it may arise conflicts in customs and traditions. - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; Working near the reservoir, workers are at Noong Chay reservoir risk of drowning 109 No. Specific impacts of the subproject Description of the impact Impact location Level of impact - Road construction activities will affect Traffic road on the dam of Moderate, can be the traffic and travel of people, cause Ban Cu Reservoir controlled through interruption of transportation of agriculture appropriate mitigation Location of the camp, and forestry products of the people activities surrounding the dam - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; 5 - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Ban Cu Reservoir - Around the subproject area, most of the Area where households may Moderate, can be people cultivate coffee and water supply if be affected by cutting of controlled through mainly from Ban Cu Reservoir . The irrigation water is in Ban Cu appropriate mitigation construction process may cause cutting of Reservoir activities water affecting the irrigation water of the Location of the labor camp 2300 households in the subproject area. and surrounding the dam 6 - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Ban Cu Reservoir 110 No. Specific impacts of the subproject Description of the impact Impact location Level of impact - Transportation affects traffic and may Transport route passing Moderate, can be cause traffic accidents at school hours. through Chieng Ban primary controlled through and high school Location of appropriate mitigation - It may cause dropping of materials. worker camp activities Transport vehicles may cause noise, dust affecting health of people; - The camp area is in the remote area and 7 workers are vulnerable to insect attack; - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Ban Cu Reservoir - Construction of the operation road and Traffic road on the dam of Moderate, can be the main dam will affect the traffic and travel Na Bo Reservoir controlled through of the people, causes interruption of appropriate mitigation Location of the camp, transportation of agriculture and forestry activities surrounding the dam products of people; - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; 8 - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Na Bo Reservoir 111 No. Specific impacts of the subproject Description of the impact Impact location Level of impact - Currently the reservoir surface is being Traffic road on the dam of Moderate, can be rented by people for aquaculture. The Ban O Reservoir controlled through construction process will stop the aquaculture appropriate mitigation Location of the labor camp actovity of households. activities surrounding the dam - The camp area is in the remote area and workers are vulnerable to insect attack; 9 - Working near the reservoir, workers are at risk of drowning Ban Ỏ Reservoir 112 5.2.5. Evaluating and forecasting of impacts during the operational phase of the subproject 337. Most of the potential impacts during the operational phase are expected to be positive. Temporary construction effects such as dust, noise and vibration will be stopped during operation. When being completed, the use of land, landscape, local income and socio-economic tends to be stable. 338. Improving dam safety and improving irrigation services will promote socio-economic development and improve livelihoods of downstream communities. Some status will be changed in comparison with the previous status. Risk of drowning 339. Reservoir can be a place for washing and bathing activities of people. Therefore, there will be always the risk of drowning if appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Flood due to discharge and dam breaking 340. Due to the characteristics of the subproject, it is to improve dam safety so that the risk of dam breaking is very low. Emergency discharge of flood can affect downstream communities if it is not informed in advance; cause damage to assets, crops and people and cause indirect impacts such as environmental pollution, diseases and loss of income. Repair and maintenance of works 341. These activities can lead to water cut-off in a short time. This would cause direct impact on the agricultural production and living activities of the downstream people and will indirectly cause effects such as reduce of income due to time of no cultivation, environmental pollution and disease due to lack of water. However, this effect is considered as minor because the time of repair and maintenance is short (only a few weeks). Increase the use of fertilizers and pesticides 342. Although the irrigation area does not increase compared to the original design, the crop structure will be changed as the supply of water is stable. In particular, there will be an increase in the number of crops on the same cultivation land area. Therefore, it will lead to increase of the use of fertilizers and pesticides. As a consequence, the environment and health of people can be affected by toxic chemicals. 5.3. Analysis of types of impact 5.3.1 Cumulative impacts 343. The subproject consists of many dams, however the dams are scattered in the territory of the province. Moreover, the size and nature of subproject activities are small and simple, so that the implementation of subproject activities is not likely to cause cumulative effects. According to survey and discussion with relevant agencies, at present, there is no other project implemented in the same area and at the same time, so that cumulative impacts created by other projects are not available. 5.3.2 Direct Impact 344. Implementation of the subproject will cause direct impacts on the environmental and social conditions in the subproject area. Subproject activities will result in temporary or permanent land loss. Construction activities will cause direct impact on the quality of the surrounding environment of air, soil and water due to the generation of waste such as gas and wastewater and the removal of vegetation. 5.3.3 Indirect impacts 345. The temporary and permanent loss of land will cause impacts on the livelihood of affected persons, reducing or losing of income, leading to change of occupation and social conflicts. Indirect impacts are also identified through the risk of deterioration of water quality due to soil erosion caused by vegetation clearing from the construction process. Water pollution due to waste generated from the construction process can lead to a decline in the composition and number of individuals of aquatic species. Or soil compaction due to the use of heavy equipment on farmland can lead to a decline in the 113 number of useful microorganisms in soil due to changes in soil structure. Loss of vegetation will also lead to loss of habitat for many animal species in the subproject area and increase risk of erosion, and flooding. 5.3.4 Temporary impact 346. In general, most of the impacts associated with construction activities within the subproject area are in short-term such as noise, vibration, dust and emissions, and the generation of solid waste and wastewater. These impacts will no longer exist when construction activities are completed. 5.3.5 Long term impact 349. The permanent loss of productive land will cause long-term impact on the affected persons as some households are perceived as losing of productive material which leads to change of theiroccupation. Environmental incidents such as oil spilling or hazardous chemicals also cause long term impacts on environement and health status of people because the chemical substance has a long time of decay and has possibility to penetrate into environment of soil, water and food chain. The risk of labor accidents also causes long term impacts because the health of labor will be affected or lost. 114 CHAPTER VI: ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS 347. With the aim of improving investment efficiency and ensuring safety and minimizing impacts on the environment and society in downstream areas of the reservoir; scenarios are proposed to select the design and construction options that are appropriate to the objectives and actual socio-economic conditions of the sevenreservoirs. Construction activities are mainly reinforcement and repair on the existing works. Because the design option, selection of technical solutions, technology in the construction of the work items of the subproject has no difference in the impact on the environment and society in the subproject area so that the contents of alternative analysis specify the difference related to environment and society in the scenerios of implementing or not implementing the project; 6.1. Without subproject 348. The works have been constructed for a long time and seriously downgraded. 349. Dam surface, upstream and downstream slope: All seven dams are the homogeneous dams and dam crests have been not hardened. In the rainy season, it is difficult to observe and operate the works. Upstream slope of dam is paved by dry masonrywhich have been peeled. There are many landslide positions on the downstream slope. Trees grow on the dam slope. There is no drainage system in downstream of dam. Especially in two reservoirs of Huoi Nha Kho Mu, it occurs leakage through foundation and body of dam with large flow; wall of upstream and downstream slope is sunk. It occurs cracks on the body of dam. There is no protection cover on dam surface and downstream slope of dam; For Ban Cu reservoir, it occurs leakage through body of dam and toe of dam; for Ban Cu 2 reservoir, it occurs status of leakage in the adjacent side between spillway and body of dam with large flow. - Assessment: Without the subproject, the status above will continue to occur and the status of the dam will become more and more serious due to landslides. On the other hand, it can cause large water loss in the reservoir affecting water supply in downstream. 350. Spillway: Xa Can reservoir: spillway was built in 2015 with the width of 8.0m and reinforced concrete structure. In case of not implementing the subproject, it will not case any effect because of having stilling basin. The current status of spillway of six remaining reservoirs: After many years of putting into operation, the mortar has been peelled, water has been permeated along the body of spillway, soil on both slopes of spillway is landslide into spillway bed. In some reservoirs, there are stilling basins which have been seriously damaged and some remaining reservoirs have no stilling basin. - Assessment: If the subproject is not implemented, the current capacity of the spillways will not be sufficient to meet the drainage requirement if heavy rain and storms occur and a large amount of water will be gathered into reservoir which will cause the status of dam breaking and landslides. Especially spillways with seriously damaged stilling basin, it can cause serious flash floods and affect the life as well as the property of people in downstream area. 351. Intake: In all seven reservoirs under the subproject, the inlet and outlet of intakes have been seriously damaged. Body of intake has been broken and damaged. It occurs status of leakage along the body of intake to downstream area which cannot be used in accordance with the requirement. 352. It occurs caster caves in the reservoir and termites in the dam body: The status of losing water due to the Caster caves in the Noong Chay reservoir affects the water supply activity for the people in downstream area. On the other hand, the status of occurring termites in the body of dam of the reservoirs causes the risk of dam collapse and damage to the life and property of people in downstream area. 353. Monitoring system: At present, all of the sevenreservoirs of the sub-project have no monitoring system so they cannot promote disaster warning efficiency. 354. Road management: All management roads of the sevenreservoirs under the subproject are either earth roads or macadam roads which are small and narrow. On the rainy days, it is very difficult to travel and it cannot ensure traffic condition and management of dam. 115 355. Management house: Currently, there is no management house for all of the sevenreservoirs under the sub-project. This is inconvenient for the operation and response to dam safety incidents.In case of occurring dam safety incident, it causes risk to people and their asset in downstream area. On the other hand, if the routine monitoring and maintenance are not implemented, it will cause damage. General assessment - The current status of the reservoirs causes constraints on the development plan and improvement of productivity and economic efficiency in agricultural production; does not ensure proactive irrigation water; affect the selection of plants and livestock; cannot exploit all economic value from natural land source. - When the subprojects are not deployed, the ecosystem of the area around the reservoirs will be stably remained. However, due to the current status of the degraded reservoirs, it causes the potentiality ofbreaking dams causing damage to people and structure and breaking ecosystem, especially in downstream area of reservoirs. - In recent years, due to the climate change status, floods appear more with heavy rain and intense intensity which causes high risk of safety due to small reservoir bed. A synchronous construction solution such as the investment in construction, repair and upgrading of reservoirs is imperative to ensure the safety of life and property of people in the downstream area and to serve the requirements of economic development of the locality. 6.2. With subproject 356. The reservoirs under the subproject are important irrigation works to prevent floods and supply irrigation water for nearly 2300 households in six mountainous communes of Mai Son and Thuan Chau districts of Son La province; Significantly contributes to the improvement of the life of local people, creating a stable foundation for the irrigation areas of mountainous communes and stabilizing the life of the people in the area. 357. When the subproject is completed, it will bring more benefits to the communities and local government. Specifically, the repair and improvement of dam body and dam slope will ensure safety for the downstream area in the rainy season; limit loss of water and leakage status; ensure the irrigation water for agricultural cultivation in the downstream area in accordance with regulating plan to regulate the production of local authorities; increase productivity and agricultural yields; increase service and develope aquaculture thanks to increasingthe irrigated area. 358. The completed works will ensure stable water supply for 349.7 hectares of paddy and vegetable production area in the downstream area of six communes; Take initiative in the plan of cultivation and change of plant and livestock leading to increasing of economic efficiency on the area of agricultural land of the locality. 359. To provide water for aquaculture and minimize adverse impacts on the environment and landscapes of reservoir and downstream areas. After the reservoir is repaired, it will create favorable conditions for aquaculture with large aquatic resources, stabilize the water surface for aquaculture; develop non-agricultural production and business; increase income and living standard of people; create more jobs and income; improve living conditions, especially for manual and seasonal labor groups. 360. Repairing and upgrading of the work items of the reservoir will cause potential negative impacts on environment and society as analyzed above. However, the duration of construction is short, the scale of activities is not large and the subproject is implemented in a narrow space, negative impacts are assessed as minor and can be minimized. Comparing to the environmental, economic and social efficienct after the subproject is completed and put into operation with the potential negative impacts, the subproject implementation is acceptable. After being completed and put into operation, the reservoir will cause positive impact on the change of some meteorological elements in the area. Stabilization of water surface will improve the microclimate of each reservoir area; change of humidity is related to the dry of climate in the dry season. During the operation phase, the subproject will increase the stability of water resources, ensure the safety of the works and downstream of the dam. 116 361. The current status of seven reservoirs being exploited and used: spillway has been damaged, there is no stilling basin, some discharge culverts have been leakaged, there has been no concrete roofing and public road. According to the proposal of design consultant, to ensure safety for dam body, discharge culvert, it needs to be reinforced, changed and concreted to ensure storage of water, avoid losing of water and to be favourable for regulating water as well as operating reservoirs; ensure development conditions for coastal vegetation groups; create landscapes around the reservoir and local transport; create opportunities for development and attract visitors to visit. 362. After completion of construction of works in sevenreservoirs, the stable flow of irrigation water will contribute to the development of aquatic and plant ecosystems in reservoirs, coastal areas and downstream areas; create impacts on the ecosystem for a long time and in a positive direction; diversify and enrich fauna as well as flora in the subproject area. 363. Completion of construction works of the sub-project will stabilize the water volume in seven reservoirs, stabilize the water level in the reservoirs to be higher than the water level on the downstream area, so after operation of the reservoirs, the downstream water level is always maintained. This will meet the demand of water for daily life and cultivation of local people. 364. During the implementation of the subproject, the impact on the ecosystems around the reservoirs will be affected; however, the impacts are assessed as minor and can be recovered in a short time; Impacts and mitigation measures are analyzed and detailed in the next section of the report. 117 CHAPTER VII: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) 7.1. Objectives 365. The ESMP of the subproject is designed for specific purposes as follows: - Introduce a plan to implement environmental and social mitigation measures and transfer them into implementation provisions in the technical guidelines of the project; - In order to document the commitments and responsibilities for implementing social environment management, it is necessary to carry out through the different phases of the project, to specify the responsibilities of the stakeholders and the implementation time frame; - Ensure that sufficient resources are allocated based on the subproject budget to carry out activities related to the ESMP. - Ensure that the environmental and social risks of the subproject are predicted and managed appropriately. - Create an effective mechanism for environmental impact assessment. - Monitorenvironmental components’ quality, identify trends in environmental quality changes, detect the impacts and propose additional actions. - Publicity, transparency of project information to local communities, ensure the promotion of community supervision responsibilities in environmental protection tasks of investors in the region; - Continuous collection of quality changes of environmental components throughout the project implementation process to promptly detect and implement negative environmental impacts and propose preventive measures. 7.2. Mitigation measures 7.2.1. Mitigation measures in the preparation phase of the subproject 7.2.1.1. Mitigation measures for impacts caused by land acquisition and site clearance 366. A resettlement and ethnic minority development plan has been prepared and implemented for the subproject. General Principles: 367. Accordingly, All subproject affected households having their asset or live in the subproject area before the date of completing DMS will be compensated for affected assets. Persons losing income and/or livelihood will be assisted to restore livelihood basing on criterias on eligibility identified by the subproject with consultation of affected person. If until completing the subproject, it is determined that livelihood is not restored to the pre-project level, it will be supplemented assistance measures. Entittlements: 368. Affected households will receive policy on compensation, assistance and resettlement (if any) in accordance with regulation of Vietnam and OP 4.12 of WB. Affected households will not be compensated or received assistance from the subproject for acquired area after the dated of announcing about completion of DMS. Impacts mitigation measures 369. According to the requirements of the World Bank, the site clearance plan has been prepared for subprojects. Accordingly, compensation will be made to households and organizations having land and other types of assets on land acquired by the project.In addition, assistanceis also made to minimize the impacts on livelihoods, incomes and lives of Ahs to ensure that AHs will have a living considtion of at least equal to the pre-construction of the subproject. 370. All costs for land acquisition and site clearance include: i) compensation cost for land; ii) 118 compensation for crops on the land; iii) cost of compensation for works and structures on land; iv) allowance for AHs. These costs are in line with the policies of the Government of Viet Nam and the World Bank (see details in the site clearance plan of the subproject). Table 62. Cost estimate for compensation and site clearance No. Type of compensation and support Total cost [VND] 1 Compensation for land 86,127,600 2 Compensation for trees and crops 31,327,700 3 Works and structures 49,140,000 4 Support to AHs 299,550,000 Costfor implementation of compensation and site 10,042,906 5 clearance 6 Contingency cost 23,809,410 Total 500,000,000 7.2.1.2. Prevention and minimizing the impact on site preparation work 371. During the preparation phase of the project, activities to be carried out including vegetation clearing, site clearance, road construction, camp site and anxiliary works construction, construction of housing for construction workers and operation of the project, impact mitigation measures include: - For domestic wastes: hire local labors who donot reside therefore, it does not arise domestic waste - For the removed plants: In order to limit the impacts caused by the existence of plant biomass on the site, the project should take measures to collect and treat the whole plant biomass immediately on the construction site. - Regarding waste soil, dumping site and construction road: the investor needs to reach agreement and ask the permission from local authority before commencement in the site. 7.2.1.3 UXO clearance 372. UXO clearance will be made before land acquisition. This work will be carried out by specialized units of the Army in the province. The investor and specialized clearing units must inform local people at least one month prior to clearance and must use protective barriers and warning signs to reduce the risk to humans and pet animals. The demining unit and the investor will appoint responsible officials to guide people not to enter the clearance area. Mine clearance procedure follows the Ministry of Defence’s Circular 146/2007/TT-MOD. 7.2.2. Mitigation measures in the construction stage â?– Mitigation measures for common impacts 373. ECOP is part of the Environmental Assessment, EMP is a specific safety tool commonly used in many projects. The EMP contains information and guidelines for the mitigation and management of negative environmental impacts during the implementation of the subproject. 374. ECOP is a combination of mitigation measures for general impacts arising from subproject activities throughout the construction process and are included in the construction invitations as a mandatory requirement for the construction contractors. ECOPs are not officially recognized safeguards by the World Bank, but are still used as part of the EMP because of their usefulness and effectiveness to ensure overall and typical impacts from the EMP. The process of constructing subprojects is minimized appropriately during the subproject implementation. â?– Major environmental and social impacts during subproject construction 375. The content of ECOP is limited to construction activity for small-and medium-sized construction impacts, limited scope, temporary effects and can be overcome, technically easy to manage with good construction techniques. The environmental and social issues within the scope of this study include: 119 - Dust and exhaust emissions - Noise and vibration effects - Waste management - Management of hazardous materials - Management of worker camps - Disruption of vegetation cover and ecological resources - Soil erosion - Drainage and sediment control - Stockpiles and borrow pits management - Chance finds - Traffic safety management - Disruptions to existing service infrastructure - Management of labor influx - Occupational health and safety - Community health and safety - Communication with local communities 120 â?– Environmental Code of Practice (ECOPs) to minimize general impacts during the construction phase Table 63: Environmental Code of Practice (ECOPs) to minimize general impacts during the construction phase Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision 1) Dust and exhaust - The contractor is responsible for complying with the relevant TCVN 6438-2005: Contractor PMU, requirements of Vietnam's regulations on ambient air quality. Road vehicles. Construction Maximum allowable Supervision - Contractor will ensure that dust emissions will be minimized emission limit. Consultant and will not disturb the local population, while implementing (CSC) dust control measures to maintain a healthy work environment No. 35/2005 / and minimize disturbance in the surrounding area. QDBGTVT on quality control, technical safety - The contractor is responsible for implementing dust mitigation and environmental measures (for example, use of irrigation water for irrigation, protection; covering of material vehicles, etc.). QCVN 05: 2013 / - Construction materials such as cement, sand and gravel must BTNMT: National be properly covered and secured during transportation to technical regulation on prevent the spread of soil, sand, other materials or dust. air quality - Waste excavated soil and material store must be protected WBG EHS Guidelines against the effects of wind and the location of the material store should be checked for the popular wind direction and location of the sensitive sources. - Use a dust mask when dust is too high. - All means of transport and construction must be complied with the Vietnamese regulations for the control of emission limits for emissions. - All vehicles must undergo a regular emission test and receive: "certificate of quality, technical safety and environmental protection" under Decision No. 35/2005 / QD. -BGTVT; - Ensure that no solid waste or construction materials (eg wood, rubber, oil soaked, cement, paper, plastic, bitumen, etc.) areburned. 121 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision 2) Impact by noise and - The contractor is responsible for compliance with the provisions of - QCVN 26: 2010 / Contractor PMU, vibration Vietnamese law relating to noise and vibration issues. BTNMT: National Construction Technical Regulation Supervision - All vehicles must have "Certificate of quality control, technical on noise Consultant safety and environmental protection" under Decision No. 35/2005 (CSC) / QD-BGTVT; Prevention of excessive noise emission from - QCVN 27: 2010 / machines that are less maintained. BTNMT: Technical regulation on - The following measures should be taken to reduce noise: vibration + Select low noise equipment - WBG EHS + Install noise reduction equipment for fan Guidelines + Installdead room for covering part of equipment causing noise + Install adjacentsound barrier and minimum surface density of 10kg/m2 to minimize sound transmission + Sound barriers need to be placed near the sound source or the sound transmission source to be effective + Installation of vibration control for mechanical machines + Limits of operation time for certain devices or activities, especially mobile sources in residential areas. + Transfer noise sources to other areas to take advantage of distance and barriers + Install fixed equipment away from residential areas as possible + Take advantage of the natural terrain in the design process to prevent noise + To limit the use of means of transport serving the project through residential area 122 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision + Establish mechanisms for receiving and feedback Waste management I. General waste - QCVN 14: 2008 / Contractor PMU, BTNMT: National Construction (a) Wastewater technical regulation Supervision - The contractor is responsible for compliance with Vietnamese on domestic water Consultant regulations relating to the discharge of wastewater into the (CSC) - QCVN 40: 2011 / surrounding environment. BTNMT: National - Consider to recruit local workers to reduce wastewater discharge. Technical Regulation - Wastewater treatment systems must be provided for treatment and on Industrial waste disposal of wastewater in areas where wastewater collection water system is not available. Wastewater treatment systems should be - Decision No: 59/2007 only used for the treatment of sanitary wastewater. When the / ND-CP on solid wastewater treatment system is the selected treatment method, it is waste management; necessary to: - Decree No. 38/2015 / • Design and installation in accordance with local regulations and ND-CP on material guidelines to prevent any risk to public health or the contamination and waste of soil, water or groundwater. management • Well maintain to effectively operate. - Circular 36/2015 / • Install in areas with sufficient permeable soil for the proportion TT-BTNMT on of the design wastewater. Hazardous Waste Management • Installed in stable areawhich is well drained and permeable with separation between drainage ditch and underground water or other - WBG EHS receiving waters. Guidelines - Wastewater from washing machines and construction equipment must be collected into the pond before being discharged into the local sewerage system. - When construction works are completed, the waste water tanks and septic tanks must be safely treated or sealed up. (b) Rainwater 123 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - Rainwater should be separated from treatment process and sanitary wastewater to reduce the amount of wastewater to be treated before discharge. - Prevent surface runoff from areas or potential sources of pollution. - In case this approach is impractical, the amount of wastewater from treatment and storage area must be separated from contaminated water - Minimize flow from areas where there are no potential sources of pollution (by minimizing the surface area of the impervious area) and reduce the maximum discharge proportion (use of ponds and lake). - In case rainwater treatment is required to protect the receiving water quality, priority should be given to managing and treating the first discharge of rainwater, where the majority of potential pollutants tend to occur. - When it is allowed by the water quality criteria, rainwater must be managed as a resource, either for groundwater recharge or for meeting the water needs of the locality. - Installation and maintenance of oil water separators and lubricant traps shall be carried out at refueling facilities, factories, parking areas, fuel storage areas. - Mud from rainwater tanks or collection and treatment systems may contain high concentrations of pollutants and must be treated in accordance with local requirements, and to be suitable for protection of public health, safety, preservation and long-term sustainability of water and land resources. (c) Solid waste - Prior to construction, the Contractor shall prepare solid waste control procedures (storage, supply, cleaning schedule, cleaning 124 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision schedule, etc.) and must carefully pay attention during the construction process - Prior to construction, a permit certificate is required. - Measures should be taken to minimize the potentiality of airising waste and negligent action on the disposal of all waste. In all workplaces, the Contractor shall provide garbage bins, containers and garbage collection facilities. - Solid wastes are temporarily stored at the site in the designated area that has been approved by the Construction Supervision Consultant and the local authorities before collecting and disposal to the licienced collection house. - Waste packaging must be protected against corrosion - Do not fire, burry or dump solid waste. - Recycled materials such as wooden slabs, steel, scaffolding materials, packaging materials will be collected and separated from other sources for reuse. - If not dismantled outsidethe site, solid waste or construction debris will only be treated in areas identified and approved by the Construction Supervisor and included in the Solid Waste Management Plan. In any case, the contractor will not treat any material in environmentally sensitive areas, such as in areas of natural habitat or in water bodies. Hazardous waste (a) Storage of hazardous waste Hazardous waste must be stored to prevent or control accidental release into the air, soil, and water sources in the area where: - Wastes are stored in a way that prevents any disturbance or contact between incompatible wastes and it is allowed to check leaks or spills. Examples, it includes spaces between compatible spaces or physical 125 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision isolation such as walls or barriers. - Store in a tightly closed container to avoid direct sunlight, wind and rain. - Storage should be on a waterproof surface that is easily cleaned, and properly packaged to contain any spill or leakage. The storage area should be covered to prevent rainwater from accumulating. - Secondary prevention systems must be constructed with appropriate materials for the storage of waste and being sufficient to prevent leakage into the environment. - Secondary storage includes wherever liquid waste is stored in volumes greater than 220 liters. The available volume of secondary containment must be at least 110 percent of the largest storage, or 25 percent of total storage capacity (whichever is greater) at that particular location. - Provide adequate ventilation of volatile storage. (b) Transportation of hazardous waste - Onsite and offsite waste transportation should be carried out to prevent or minimize spillage, release, and exposure to staff and community. - All waste containers designated for off-site transportation must be protected and labeled with relevant content, properly packed on the transport vehicle before leaving the site and must be accompanied by a shipping certificate (eg manifest) describing the load and associated hazards in accordance with the instructions. (c) Burial of hazardous wastes - Chemical wastes in any form must be disposed of at an approved appropriate burial site and in accordance with the requirements of local law. The contractor must have the necessary processing certificate. 126 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - Disposal of hazardous waste must be carried out and handled by specially trained and certified workers. - Oils, lubricants, detergents from the maintenance of vehicles and machine must be collected in storage tanks and must be recycled by the company specializing in waste oil recycling at hazardous waste disposal sites. - Unused or rejected bitumen products will be returned to the supplier's factory. 4) Soil erosion - Limit implementation of construction activities on rainy days WBG EHS Guidelines Contractor PMU, Construction - Use geotextile to temporarily cover erosion-prone soil Supervision - Apply a covering layer on ground to absorb water gradually Consultant - Build the walls around the erosion area to block the flow of water (CSC) - Stablizesoil surface being easily eroded by cultivation or concreting. 5) Drainage and - Contractors should comply with the detailed design of the - TCVN 4447: 1987: Contractor PMU, sediment management wastewater system in the construction plan to prevent water spills Construction Construction or erosion of hillsides and areas not protected from flood, leading regulations and Supervision to situation that industrial waste affects local water resources. acceptance Consultant (CSC) - Ensure the sewage system is free from mud and other obstructions. - Circular No. 22/2010 / TT-BXD of the - Ensure the maintenance of the status of areas that are not under Ministry of construction. Construction - Reasonable work of excavation, backfilling, embankment, regulating labor safety compliance with construction standards, including measures such in construction work as installing of sewage system and planting of trees. - QCVN 08-MT: 2015 / - In order to avoid sedimentation causing negatively affect on water BTNMT - national resources, a sediment management system should be installed to technical standards on slow or reverse the discharge of sediment until the cultivation is surface water quality carried out. Sediment management systems may include the 127 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision removal of waste from canal,canal banks, waste gathering tank, material, post-storm sewerage protection systems, or barriers. - Drainage and diversion: In case the construction works need to be carried out at water sources (bridges, retaining walls, erosion protection), the area should be drained to ensure dry conditions to conduct construction. Water after settling from the construction site must be discharged into the sediment management system to be treated before flowing into the water source. - Implementation of mitigation measures for each specific area under the ESMP should be implemented when changing water flows or constructing dykes. 6) Management of - The use of hazardous materials and chemicals within the subproject - Decree No. 38/2015 / Contractor PMU, hazardous materials area must strictly comply with the manufacturer's instructions. ND-CP on waste Construction and chemicals material and waste Supervision - The use of chemicals on the list of authorized agencies management Consultant - Persons exposed to hazardous materials and chemicals should be (CSC) - Decision No. 23/2006 participated in intensive training in risk prevention measures due to / QD-BTNMT: exposure to hazardous materials and chemicals. Promulgating the list - Persons who are frequently exposed to hazardous materials and of hazardous wastes chemicals should be periodically checked health (no less than 6 - Circular No. 36/2015 months) and appropriate rest periods are recommended to them / TT-BTNMT on Transportation of hazardous materials and chemicals management of - Use of accessories, pipes and hoses dedicated to the materials in hazardous wastes the tank (for example, all acids use one type of connection, all - Circular No. 03/2016 caustics use different equipment) and maintain the procedure to / TT-BNNPTNT on prevent the addition of toxic substances to the inaccurate tank. the list of pesticides - Use of transfer equipment which is compatible and conforms to allowed to be used in the characteristics of the transfered and designed material to Vietnam ensure safe transfer. - Circular No. 21/2015 - Regular inspection, maintenance and repair of accessories, pipes / TT-BNNPTNT on management of 128 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision and tubes. pesticides - Provides secondary prevention or other spill prevention and - WBG EHS containment measures for containers of hazardous materials at Guidelines possible connection points or spill points. Overload control - Prepare written procedures for transportation activities including a checklist of measures to be taken during the filling process and use of trained staffs on the process. - Install the measuring equipment on the bin to measure the volume inside. - Use of water pipe connections for tank trucks and fixed connections to the tank. - Provide automatic sealing valves on the tank to avoid overloading. - Use a water tank around the dumping pipe to collect spill material. - Use pipe connection with automatic overload protection valve (float valve). - Pump less capacity into the tank or vessel by placing less material than its available capacity. - In case of overload or over-discharge, it needs to control overload. Response, fire prevention - Storage of incompatible materials (acids, bases, flame retardants, oxidants, chemical reactants) in separate areas, and facilities to separate the material storage area. - Provide specific material storage for extremely hazardous or reactive materials. - Use flame arresters on vents from flammable containers. - Provide lightning protection equipment for tanks, transfer stations 129 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision and other equipment used to treat flammable materials. - Select compatible building materials with stored products for all parts of the storage and distribution system and avoid use of containers for various products without compatibility testing of materials. - Storage of hazardous materials in the isolated area of the main works. If closeness can not be avoided, physical separation must be made using designed structures to prevent fire, explosions, spills, and other emergencies that affect the operation of the facility. - The storage area should be on a waterproof and easily cleaned surface, reasonably packaged to avoid any spills or leaks. Storage areas should be covered to prevent accumulated rainwater. - Prohibit all sources of ignition from areas near flammable tanks. Secondary chamber (liquid) - Transfer of hazardous substances from tank to storage in areas with sufficiently permeable surface to avoid losing of the environment or storage structure not connected to the wastewater / rainwater collection system. . - If no permanent prevention structure is provided for transfer activities, one or more spill prevention forms should be provided such as mobile covering (which can be deployed during the implementation process), pressure reducing valves on rainwater tanks, or closing valves in drainage or sewer equipment, in conjunction with oil water separators. - Store hazardous materials in tanks with a capacity equal to or greater than 1,000 liters in areas with a waterproof surface or covering with a cover to contain a minimum of 25% of total storage. - Provides secondary prevention capability for the components 130 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision (tanks, pipes) of hazardous material storage system in feasible extent. - Carry out routine tank inspection (daily or weekly), and inspect visible parts of tank trucks and piping to avoid leakage. - Use of composite or special storage systems and pipelines, especially the use of underground tanks (USTs) and underground pipelines. If using a dual wall system, it should be provided a means of detecting leakage between the two walls. Training - Employees need to be trained in hazardous waste management. Training programs include: - List of trained staffs - Specific training objectives. - Mechanisms for achieving goals (practical workshops, videos, etc.). - Means determining whether the training program is effective or not - Training procedures for new recruited persons and new courses for existing staffs. Community Participation and Awareness - There is general information for the community that is likely to be affected by the scope and extent of the project activities and on- site preventive and control measures to ensure that there is no impact on people’s health. - Potential effects on human health or the environment caused by incidents or from existing hazardous wastes. - Specific and timely information on the behavior and appropriate safety measures will be adopted in the event of an accident including practice exercises at high risk locations. 131 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - Access to information needed to understand the nature of the possible impact of an accident and the opportunity to contribute effectively to relevant decisions and to develop community emergency preparedness plans. . - DoNREs and DOHs will be informed in time of any environmental incidents. - Preparation and implementation of remedial measures after an oil spill incident. In this case, the contractor must provide a report explaining the reason for the spilling status, corrective actions, consequence / damage from the spill incident. Biological effect - The Contractor should establish a Management Plan for Site - Law on Biodiversity Contractor PMU, Clearance, plantation restoration and rehabilitation in accordance No.20/2008 / QH12 Construction with the relevant regulations for pre-approval by the Engineer. Site Supervision - Decree 65/2010 / ND- clearance plan must be approved by Construction Supervision Consultant CP guiding the Law Consultant and Contractor should strictly comply with this plan. (CSC) on Biodiversity Limit the number of areas that need to be cleared as low as possible. - The site clearance in mountainous areas requires the permission of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development. - Contractors need to clear topsoil layer of all areas where topsoil layer will be affected by the work of restoration, including temporary measures such as storage and crowding; the removed topsoil layer will be gathered in the area agreed with monitoring consultants to use for replantation of vegetation. - It is prohibited to use chemicals in the clearing of vegetation - Do not cut trees unless it is regulated in clearing plan of vegetation. - Install a temporary protective fence to protect the trees that need to be retained if necessary before commencing work at the site. 132 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - No encroachment on ecological resources unless it is allowed by Construction Supervision Consultant. The consultant should consult with the PMU, the Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant (IEMC) and other relevant and competent authorities. These areas include areas used for raising birds, animals, or protected areas used to be green space. - The contractor should ensure that there will be no activity of hunting, trapping or poisoning animals. - Traffic management - Contractors must strictly comply with the provisions of the Road - Law on Road Traffic Contractor PMU, Traffic Law No. 23/2008 / QH12; Construction Supervision - Comply with the best traffic safety measures in all aspects of - Decree No. 46/2016 / Consultant subproject activities with the aim of preventing traffic accidents and ND-CP on (CSC) minimizing injuries that the subproject staffs and community have to administrative suffer. Measures should include: sanctions in road and railway traffic • Emphasize safety aspects for the driver. - Construction Law No. • Improve driving skills and driving license requirements. 50/2014 / QH13; • Approve the limits of travel time and arrange the control panel - Circular No. 22/2010 to avoid overloading status / TT-BXD on labor • Avoid dangerous roads to reduce the risk of accidents. safety in construction of works. • Use the speed control device on the truck, and monitor the actions of driver from a long distance - WBG EHS Guidelines - Regular maintenance of the vehicle and use of parts approved by the manufacturer to minimize serious accidents that may occur due to failure of equipment. - Minimize the interaction of pedestrians with construction vehicles. - Cooperate with local communities and competent agencies to improve the sign board, vision and overall safety of roads, especially along routes near schools or other places where there are children. 133 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision Coordinate with local communities on traffic education and safety for pedestrian (school education campaign). - Coordinate with emergency response agencies to ensure that appropriate first aid measures are provided in the event of an accident. - Use locally sourced materials, whenever possible, to minimize transportation distance. Locate associated facilities such as labor camps in the subproject area and arrange transportation of workers by bus to minimize external traffic. - Use safe traffic control measures, including signs and flyers to warn of hazardous conditions. 9) Interruption in - Disruption in providing water, gas, electricity, internet services - Decree No.: 167/2013 Contractor PMU, providing public with planning and without planning: The contractor must conduct / ND-CP stipulating Construction services prior consultation and prepare a contingency plan with the local administrative Supervision authorities about the consequences of discontinuing the service or sanctions in the field Consultant disconnection. of security, social (CSC) order and safety; - Coordinate with service suppliers to set up a reasonable Prevention of social construction schedule. evils - Provide information to affected households on work schedule as well as plan to stop providing services (at least 5 days in advance). - Contractors must ensure that there will be alternative option to water supply to affected residents in case of disruption more than one day. - Any damage to the existing utility system of the cable line will be reported to the authorities and repaired as soon as possible. - 10) Management of - The camps of contractor and workers are built temporarily on the - Labor Law 10/2012 / Contractor PMU, workers' camps land of the subproject. QH13 Construction Supervision - These areas are built to be far enough in comparision with area - WBG EHS Consultant used for gathering construction materials, storing waste and waste Guidelines (CSC) oil, discharge canals, sensitive sites such as schools, hospitals, 134 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision churches, temples, and other hazardous areas such as landslide or erosion area. - The camps should be ensured good conditions such as ventilation, sunlight, clean water, garbage collection, septic tank, mosquito net, fire extinguisher, medical first aid kit, and other health protection facilities for workers. - 11) Management of - Employ local workers for simple jobs, and to limit the increase in - Decree No.: 167/2013 Contractor PMU, social issues related to number of workers in the subproject area. / ND-CP stipulating Construction labor influx administrative Supervision - Should explain to the workers about the local customs and sanctions in the field Consultant practices to avoid conflict with local people. of security, social (CSC) - Owner of the subproject and contractors should cooperate with order and safeguard; local agencies to prevent social evils. Prevention of social - Strengthening of campaigns to eliminate social evils evils - Contact local organizations to ensure effective management and - WBG EHS GRM so that affected local people can be trusted. Guidelines - Workers temporarily live in camps and rental housing must register their temporary residence with local authorities. - Employees are strictly forbidden to: + Use alcoholic beverages during construction + Arguing and fighting + Participating in gambling, social evils such as drug use, prostitution + Indiscriminately throwing of garbage - 12) Chance finds If the contractor discovers archaeological sites, historical relics, bones - Law on amendment Contractor PMU, and display, including cemetery and / or individual graves during and Construction excavation or construction, the contractor shall: supplementationof Supervision some articles of the Consultant + Stop building activities in the found area 135 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision law on cultural (CSC) + Deline the location or area of discovery; heritage No. + Protect the location to prevent any damage or loss of moving 28/2001/QH10; objects. In the case of objects which may be dismantled or - Law on sensitive, it should be arranged a night guard person until the supplementation and agency responsible for protecting the local heritage or the amendmentof cultural Department of Culture, Sports and Tourism comes to receive; heritages. 32/2009 / + Inform the Construction Supervision Consultant and the QH12; consultant will inform the local or national agency being - Decree No. responsible for heritage protection (within 24 hours or less); 98/2010/ND-CP on + The agency being responsible for protecting the local or supplementation and national heritage will be responsible for protecting and amendment preserving these sites before deciding on the next procedure. A preliminary assessment report on the detection process is in place. The significance and importance of the findings are evaluated in accordance with different criteria related to cultural heritage, including aesthetic, historical, scientific, research, social and economic values; + Decide on how to deal with the search made by the agency responsible for protecting the local heritage. This may include changes in arrangement (for example when finding a relic which cannot be removed), conservation, preservation, restoration and recovery; + If locations and / or cultural heritage are of high value and the preservation of the locations is recommended by experts and required by the agency responsible for the protection of the local heritage, the Project Owner should change the necessary design to meet the requirements and preserve these positions; + Decisions related to search and management will be notified in writing to the competent authority + Construction works is continued only after obtaining 136 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision permission from the agency responsible for protecting the local heritage. 137 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - 13) Occupational Over-exertion - Directive No. 02/2008 Contractor PMU, health and safety / CT-BXD on Construction - Training for workers on lifting and handling techniques in adjustment and Supervision construction, including setting a weight limit on which mechanical strengthening of Consultant assistance or a two-person lift is required. measures to ensure (CSC) - Prepare implementation plan to minimize the need for manual labor safety and transportation of heavy loads. hygiene in units under - Select tools and design working points to reduce power requirements construction sector and retention time, and promote improved posture, including - Circular No. 22/2010 workstations. / TT-BXD dated - Implement administrative control on working processes, such as job 03/12/2010 of the rotation and rest or break. Ministry of Construction Slips and falls regulating labor safety - Well implement sanitation measures, such as placement and in construction of arrangement of construction materials or debris in areas being works arranged far away from walkways. - QCVN 18: 2014 / - Regular cleaning of waste and liquid waste. BXD: National technical regulation - Locate electrical wires in common areas and marked corridors. on construction safety - Use anti-slip shoes. - WBG EHS Work at height Guidelines - Training and use of temporary fall prevention devices, such as rails or other fences that may support a weight of 200 pounds when working at or above two meters or at any height with the risks including falling into machines being operated, into water or other liquids, into the hazardous substance, or the open area on the work place. - Training and use of personal protective equipment, such as seat belts and harnesses which are capable of supporting 2,268 kg (also described in this above section), rescue procedures for fallen 138 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision persons to prevent falling from the height. The connection point of the anti-falling system can also support 2,268 kg. - Use control areas and safety monitoring system to warn workers about locations near dangerous areas, mark and label openings on the floor, roof or surface. Struck by objects - Use restricted or discharge areas and / or gutter to safely move waste from top to bottom. - Saw, cut, grind, split or chisel with appropriate protection and fasten when applied. - Maintain specific movement method to avoid heavy equipment acrossing discarded materials. - Use protective measures when someone or material is dropped by scaffolding and the edges of work surfaces, such as handrails and planks, to prevent material from falling down. - Removal of work areas during blasting and use of explosive carpet or deflating methods to minimize flying stones if the work is conducted close to the person or works. - Wear appropriate personal protective equipment, such as safety glasses, masks, helmet, and safety shoes. Moving of machinery - Planning and segregating of traffic locations, operation of machines and walking, and controlling of traffic vehicles through one-way traffic, setting speed limit, and people equipped on site with jacket to be easy to observe or wears specialized clothing to regulate traffic. - Ensure easy observability through the use of identifiable jackets when working or walking through heavy equipment operating areas and training for workers to check eye contact with the 139 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision operator of the equipment before receiving the vehicle. - Make sure that the moving equipment is equipped with an alarm system. - The use of lifting equipment which is well checked and maintained in line with the load such as the crane and ensure the load when lifting them higher than the required height. Dust - Implement dust minimization techniques such as using water or non-toxic chemicals to minimize dirt from vehicle movements. - Personal protective equipment such as mask will be used where dust levels are too high. Confined spaces and excavations - Control of specific factors on the site can contribute to the instability of the slope of excavation activity such as the use of water rejecting technique in excavation, side wall plate support, and adjustment of slope to eliminate or minimize the risk of collapse, forming traps or drowning. - Provide safe means to access to and out of excavated areas, such as grade ramps, stairs and ladders. - Avoid operating the burning equipment for a long time in excavation or embankment areas where other workers have to work unless the area is ventilated. Other site hazards - Use trained staff to identify and eliminate wastes from containers, pots, vats, processing equipment or contaminated soil as the first step in order to be able to excavate or construct , dismantle or destroy the safety. - Use specially trained staff to identify and eliminate potentially 140 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision hazardous materials in the construction prior to demolition including, insulators or structure elements containing amiang, Polychlorinated Biphenyls, electrical components containing mercury. - Use appropriate protective equipment based on health and safety assessment including respirators, protective clothing, gloves, and eye protection. - 14) Community health A. General site hazards - Road traffic law No. Contractor PMU, and safety 23/2008 / QH12 Construction - The subproject must implement risk management strategies to Supervision protect the community from physical, chemical, or other hazards - Circular No. 22/2010 Consultant associated with construction sites. / TT-BXD on labor (CSC) safety in construction - Limit access to the construction site through a combination of internal controls and administrative measures. For structures or - QCVN 18: 2014 / areas of high risk, it is depended on the specific situations to BXD: Technical establish fence, sign board, and propaganda of risks to local regulations on safety communities. in construction - Eliminate hazards on construction sites that can not be effectively - WBG EHS controlled by restricting access to the site, such as covering open Guidelines areas to small spaces which are covered, ensure exists for more opening areas such as excavation ditch around the hazard materials. B. Disease prevention Communicable disease - Need to supervise and screen and treatment for workers - Prevent diseases for workers in the local community by: • Introduce health and education awareness initiatives, for example by implementing an information strategy to reinforce individual awareness in order to address systemic factors that may affect individual behavior as well as promoting the 141 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision protection of individuals and protecting others from infection by encouraging the use of condoms. • Train health staffs on treatment. • Implement vaccination programs for local community workers to improve health and prevent infection. • Provide medical services • Provide treatment through management of typical case at on- site or community-based health facilities. Ensure access to appropriate medical treatment, especially for migrant workers. • Promote cooperation with local authorities to increase access of families of workers and the community to public health services and promote vaccination. Vector-born diseases - Prevent the spreading of larvae and pathogens through hygienic measures and removal of habitats and the reproduction of larvain the residential area - Remove unused stagnant water. - Increase flow in natural and artificial canals - Consider the application of surrounding of pesticide residues areas - Implement vector control programs. - Promote the use of medicine, clothing, nets, and other preventive measures to prevent insect bites. - Preventive treatment with non-immune drugs and in collaboration with health staff to destroy disease containing areas - Monitoring and treatment of endemic and migratory populations to prevent the spread of the disease. - Cooperate and exchange equipment and machine with other 142 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision control programs in the subproject area to maximize benefits. - Training sub-project staffs and local people on risk, prevention, and treatment. - Monitor communities in high risk seasons for the detection and treatment of cases. - Distribute appropriate educational materials. - Comply with the safety instructions for storing, transporting and using pesticides to minimize the potentiality for abuse and exposure of people due to accidents. - 15) Management of - Large mines or storage area will need specific measures to be Contractor PMU, stockpiles and borrow beyond the scope of mitigation measures in the ECOP. Construction pits Supervision - All used positions must be determined in advance in the approved Consultant construction engineering requirements. (CSC) - An open ditch will be built around the storage area to block wastewater. - For a mine that is open for the first time, it is necessary to reserve the topsoil layer so that it will be re-used to restore the opened mine to its original natural condition. - The use of new areas for the storage, gathering or exploitation of materials required for the construction process must be pre- approved by the construction engineer. - When landowners are affected by the use of their land area for storing and gathering material or material exploitation, these owners must be included in the resettlement plan of the project. - If access is required, it must be considered in the environmental assessment. 16) Communication - Maintaincommunication with local authorities and communities; - Decree No. Contractor PMU, with the local The contractor should cooperate with local authorities (communal 167/2013 / ND-CP Construction 143 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision community chairperson and village heads) on the construction plan agreed in on sanctioning Supervision the area near the sensitive area or in the sensitive time such as administrative Consultant religious festival). violations in the field (CSC) of security, social - Make a copy in Vietnamese on the ECOP and related order and safety environmental safeguard documents to local agencies and workers. - Entertaiment park and parking area are affected: The loss of public infrastructure during construction is an inconvenience to people in sensitive areas. However, the consultation with the affected people will create opportunities for research and implementation of alternative measures. - Disseminate subproject information to affected parties (eg local government, enterprises and affected households, etc.) at community meetings prior to construction. - Provide contact information of the public relations unit so interested parties can gather information on site activities, status and results of the subproject implementation. - Provide all information, especially technical data, in a way that is understandable to the public and useful to the interested parties as well as the authorities through tables, newsletters, when there are results during the implementation phase. - Manage the involvement to community and information requirements for subproject implementation. - Respond promptly and accurately to requirements by phone and official letter. - Inform the local people about construction plans, service disruptions, bus routes in case of explosion or destruction. - Limit work in the evening. If needed, it has to ensure that the work is well prepared and that everyone is adequately informed to take the necessary measures. 144 Environmental and Regulations of Responsible Mitigation measures social issues Vietnam Implementation Supervision - A notice must be given at least 15 days in advance of interruption of services (including electricity, water, telephone, bus, etc.) to the public by posting a notice at the sub-project site, bus and at affected businesses / households. - Provide documentation and technical drawings to local authorities and residents, particularly the construction site and the ESMP of the work site. - Bulletin boards should be located at all construction sites to provide project information as well as contact information of the project management, environmental staff, safety and health staff, telephone numbers and Other contact information so that affected individuals can present their concerns as well as make recommendations. 7.2.3. Specific mitigation measures 376. Specific mitigation measures for impacts in specific sites during the construction process are described below: Table 64: Impact mitigation measures for each specific site No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit 145 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit - Construction activities - Arrangement of temporary Contractor PMU, disrupts the traffic of the road for local community at Construction households. the time of constructing dam; Supervision Consultant - Transportation of materials - Arrangement of warning signs (CSC), local can cause traffic jams and and instruction to guide the community traffic accidents due to very community through the small roads and aggregate road process of construction; sections. - To use means of transport to - Workers are at risks of be suitable for the road loading being attacked by dangerous (under five tons); insects (snakes) if the camp is - To use means of transport of a Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir not ensured safety. appropriate size to the traffic - Workers are at risk of width; drowning if they bathe in the 1 - To fully cover transport reservoir area without knowing vehicles; how to swim. - Well implement worker management measures; - Traffic sign board should be installed when passing through this area; - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; - Employees are prohibited from 146 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim. -On rainy days the management - Arrange time for Contractor PMU, route is very muddy which construction in dry Construction causes difficulty in travelling; season. Do not transport Supervision materials on rainy days; Consultant -The route is more than 30km (CSC), local in which there are 12 km of hill - Pre-gather; construction community road with high slope and being materials to avoid slippy. Therefore, in the rainy transportation for many day, it cannot be transported times; materials. - Train on safety driving -Workers are at risks of being skills, or mobilize drivers Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir attacked by dangerous insects with driving experience 2 (snakes); if the camp is not on steep hills; ensured safety; - To arrange workers -Workers are at risk of camps in high areas, drowning if they bathe in the workers' houses should be reservoir area without knowing designed in the style of how to swim stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim. 147 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit - In winter, temperatures in - Employ local workers who are Contractor PMU, Phieng Co are very low <10 0 familiar with the climate and Construction C, so the construction workers environment condition in the Supervision coming from other localities subproject area Consultant are at risk of illness. (CSC), local - Consultation on dissemination community - The majority of the people of information, linking with the living in the sub-area are local people and village heads so Hmong ethnic people, so that the workers and officials conflicts in customs and can clearly understand the local traditions can arise; customs and practices; - Due to the extremely - Rent people’s house for workers Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir difficult communes, food to stay; sources for workers will be in - Fully equipp with labor lacked condition; 3 protection and labor camp must -Workers are at risks of being be ensured that labor camp is attacked by dangerous insects warm enough and dry. Do not (snakes) if the camp is not work on the heavy cold days; ensured safety; - Coordinate with commune -Workers are at risk of health stations to conduct drowning if they bathe in the regular checking and treatment reservoir area without knowing to prevent possible diseases. how to swim - Reserve food - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to swim. 148 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; Currently the reservoir surface - Directly consult affected PMU: PMU, is being rented by people for households, disclose information Construction Contractor aquaculture. The construction in the preparation phase of the Supervision process will stop the investment project Consultant aquaculture activity of (CSC), local - Work with the unit managing households who rent the community the reservoir one month in reservoir . advance and require people to -Workers are at risks of being harvest early attacked by dangerous insects - Assist people to change their (snakes) if the camp is not livelihoods. Assist households to ensured safety. participate in the construction 4 Noong ChayReservoir -Workers are at risk of process of the subproject. drowning if they bathe in the - Restore the water surface lease reservoir area without knowing contract for the people after the how to swim reservoir is completed, if the household still needs. -Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to swim. -To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should 149 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit be designed in the style of stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; Road construction activities - To have a plan for traffic Contractor PMU, will affect the traffic, travel of management, ensure traffic for Construction people, cause interruption of the community, construct Supervision transportation of agriculture as section by section Consultant well as forestry products of the (CSC), local - Inform the local community of people community the use of the operation road -Workers are at risks of being before construction; attacked by dangerous insects - There are detailed safety (snakes) if the camp is not instructions when passing the ensured safety. road during construction -Workers are at risk of - Do not gather waste materials, drowning if they bathe in the Ban Cu Reservoir soil and stone on the road to 5 reservoir area without knowing minimize the occupation of how to swim road surface during the construction - Use of site sign board, traffic signs in the construction area - Make way for the means of transporting agricultural products of the people. - To be friendly with local drivers - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they 150 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to swim. - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; - Around the subproject area, - At present, there are 2 Contractor PMU, most of the people cultivate reservoirs in Ban Cu. It may be Construction coffee and water is mainly selected the option of Supervision taken from Ban Cu Reservoir. construction of reservoir by Consultant The construction process may reservoir to ensure that there is (CSC), local have to cut off irrigation water always onereservoir which can community of the people. be used water for agricultural and forestry production; -Workers are at risks of being attacked by dangerous insects - Conduct diversion of water 6 (snakes) if the camp is not from the stream for people to ensured safety. use; -Workers are at risk of - Inform about the time of drowning if they bathe in the cutting water for the people to Ban Cu Reservoir reservoir area without knowing take measures to overcome how to swim early; - Construction by cofferdam and diversion option. When constructing a culvert, it is necessary to arrange a 151 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit temporary water pipe; - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to swim; - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; - Transportation affects - Ensure timely transport and Contractor PMU, traffic and traffic accidents can advance notice to the people. It Construction occur at school hours. must ensure adequate measures Supervision to cover the materials and Consultant - Traffic vehicles cause ensure traffic safety (CSC), local noise, dust and affects health of community people and it may cause - If it occurs damage to the road, throwing of materials when then the report on handling the 7 transporting. incident should be prepared immediately to ensure the -Workers are at risks of being travelling of people. attacked by dangerous insects (snakes) if the camp is not - Site sign board and traffic ensured safety. signs should be used at construction site -Workers are at risk of Ban Cu Reservoir drowning if they bathe in the - Give a way for the means of reservoir area without knowing transport of agricultural 152 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit how to swim products and children going school - To be friendly with local drivers - To comply with dust and noise mitigation measures - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to swim. - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; 153 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit - Construction of the road - To have a plan for traffic Contractor PMU, and the main dam will affect management, ensure traffic for Construction the traffic and travel of the the community, construct Supervision people, interrupt the transport section by section Consultant of agriculture and forestry (CSC), local - Inform the local community of products of the people community the use of the operation road -Workers are at risks of being before construction; attacked by dangerous insects - There are detailed safety (snakes) if the camp is not instructions when passing the ensured safety. road during construction - Workers are at risk of - Do not gather waste materials, drowning if they bathe in the soil and stone on the road to reservoir area without knowing minimize the occupation of how to swim 8 road surface during the Na Bo Reservoir construction - Use of site sign board, traffic signs in the construction area - Make way for the means of transporting agricultural products of the people. - To be friendly with local drivers - Employees are prohibited from bathing in the reservoir if they do not know how to swim or prioritize the mobilization of persons who know how to 154 No. Specific locations Specific impacts Mitigation measures Responsibility Implementing Monitoring agencies and implementation Unit swim. - To arrange workers camps in high areas, workers' houses should be designed in the style of stilts, with canvas (wall) covering the surrounding house; 155 7.2.4. Mitigation measures during operation stage 377. After completion of the construction works, the reservoir will be ensured capacity in accordance with the design and ensured irrigation planning for downstream agricultural cultivation. Solutions related to the safety and operation of the reservoir are discussed further in the report "Dam safety" of the same sub-project. Table 65: Mitigation measures during the operation stage Responsibility for Impact Mitigation measures Supervision implementation Risk of - Equip and install warning system Reservoir Department of drowning in the dam and reservoir area management unit Agricultural and Rural - Disseminate the risk of drowning Development/ to communities along the reservoir Community and Local Authority - Inform people in downstream of Reservoir Department of annual repair and maintenance management unit Agricultural and plan. Rural Development/ - Perform periodic maintenance Repair and and repairs in the short time and Community and maintenance at the time of low water demand. Local Authority - Implement measures to maintain water supply during repair process to ensure that there is no disruption in water supply. - Prepare an emergency response Reservoir Department of plan as part of the dam safety management unit Agricultural and report. Rural Development/ - The management and operation unit should promptly and Community and accurately announce on the flood Local Authority discharge plan so that the Regulate community can take initiative in reservoirs, catching and responding. discharge flood in case - At the time of high risk of safety of large flood such as rainy season, it needs to affecting be assigned persons to monitor to downstream ensure regulating of water resource in suitable manner - Construct safety corridor for flood discharge on the basis of impact forecasting scenarios; Specific solutions are detailed in the Dam Safety Report and Emergency Response Plan. Disaster risk - The reservoir management and Reservoir Department of causing operation unit regularly to management unit Agricultural and insecurity periodically check the reservoir Rural safety Development/ - Properly implement the operating Community and procedures to ensure the safety of Local Authority 156 Responsibility for Impact Mitigation measures Supervision implementation the reservoir - The reservoir management and operation unit works closely with the Commune People's Committee and the local people to promptly report on the risks associated with dam safety in order to take timely corrective measures. - People and local authorities take initiative in community-based disaster response plan - Construct a safety corridor for flood discharge when necessary based on scenarios of forecasting the extent of effect due to dam breaking Increase the - Preparation and implementation Department of Local community use of of integrated pest management Agricultural and Rural fertilizers (IPM) Development and pesticides 7.3. Implementation arrangement 7.3.1. Project management Central level 378. The Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development (MARD) is responsible for the implementation and management of the entire project. Provinces will be responsible for carrying out repair and upgrade of the dams under Component 1 and MARD will coordinate activities with the Ministry of Industry and Trade and MONRE under Component 2. The Central Project Management Board (CPMU) under MARD is responsible for coordinating and supervising the overall project. The implementation of repairing and preparing dam safety plan, including protection and commissioning, is focused on the provincial government. Provincial People's Committee and Department of Agriculture and Rural Development (DARD) is the leading agencies at provincial level. The Provincial Project Management Unit (PPMU) is responsible for managing and supervising the works with support from the CPMU. 379. The project management unit at central level will assist in the implementation of the projects by the environmental and social technical support unit; In addition, an independent consultant unit is hired by CPMU to evaluate the implementation of environmental safeguard policy of the entire project every 6 months. This is the organization selected through the competitive process to provide support and quality assurance to the central level in the implementation process. This includes support to project management unit at the central level in reviewing andadjusting when needed and re- implementing the development framework during the project implementation to provide a general framework for national programs. This process will be considered in accordance with the context of Decree 72 to assist MARD in establishing the neccessary systems for the implementation of the National Dam Safety Program. Provincial level 380. The People's Committee of Son La province assigns the Management Unit of Agriculture and Rural Development Works of Son La province to carry out the project in the area, establish the WB8 157 Provincial Project Management Unit (PPMU) to carry out the bidding, supervise the construction;implement resettlement action plan, environmental and social action plan and these actions and plans must be in line with the overall framework of the overall project. The PPMU will be supported by technical and environmental consultants from the CPMU. Project implementation organizations are presented in the following diagram. Figure 42: Structure of environmental management and supervision organization The. Source: (DRSIP Framework for Social Monitoring, 2015) 7.3.2. Roles and responsibilities for environmental and social safeguard management 381. Regarding regular investment monitoring activities, the CPMU together with local environmental authoritywill determine whether the implementation of the project meet all the requirements in the environmental and social management framework, socio-environmental impact assessment report and environmental management plan. This agency will conduct field survey at different stages of the project to confirm that the social and environmental management plan and the environmental and social monitoring plan are being fully implemented. A monitoring report including environmental and social management issues will be included in the overall field report. The assigned environmental and social specialists are responsible for preparing quarterly and annual reports on major project implementation steps, outputs and results of environmental management actions implemented for all investments throughout the project cycle. 382. The CPMU requires the PPMU to have a corresponding environmental component in its investment, including significant mitigation activities, and to mention significant environmental incidents that have occurred. All PPMUs must include the environmental component in all reports prepared submitted to the World Bank. 383. Stakeholders should be fully aware of the mechanism for implementing ESIA in project investments. This will be very important in supporting and evaluating their role in environmental monitoring and evaluation of the subproject activities. Organizational chart during ESIA implementation is presented in the following Figure. 158 Figure 43: Organizational chart of subproject safeguard performance Central Project Office (Staff in charge Department of WB of Social and environmental Environmental safeguards, Projectimplementation and Natural consultant, External monitoring Resources consultant) Division of PPMU (Staff in charge of Social and Environmental environmental safeguards) and Natural Resource of DPC Construction Supervision Contractor Community Consultant (CSC) 384. Roles, implementation responsibility and monitoring of ESMP implementation by stakeholders are shown in the following table. Table 66: Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders Community / Organization Responsibility - Overall management and coordination of the project; - Contact the implementing agencies to implement all project components; - Coordinate with WB to provide environmental and social consultingservices for the project; Central Project Management Unit (CPMU) - Assist the RP-PMU (Resettlement Compensation Board) to update the RPs for the project components; - Synthetize environmental and social reports submitted to relevant ministries and WB; and - Recruit and supervise independent consultancy units (consultants) to conduct social environment monitoring. - Independent environmental and social consultants will assist the CPMU in carrying out its tasks, especially in updating and implementing the resettlement plan and social and Independent monitoring environmental management plan. Similarly, consultant also consultant provides interventions for training and capacity building if needed and technical assistance in the implementation of environmental and social policies and updating of the resettlement plan. - The PMU will be responsible for monitoring the overall implementation of the subproject, including environmental Investor, Provincial Project compliance of the subproject. The PMU will be responsible Management Unit (PPMU) for the final implementation of the EIA and the environmental performance of the subproject during the construction and operation phases. 159 Community / Organization Responsibility - Specifically,PMU will: (i) coordinate closely with the local authorities in the participation of the community in the process of preparing and implementing subproject; (ii) monitor the implementation of the environmental protection plan, including mainstreaming of environmental management plan into detailed technical design, bidding documents and contract; (iii) ensuring that an environmental management system is established and operated properly; (iv) be responsible for reporting on the implementation of the environmental protection plan to the Department of Environmental and Natural Resource and the World Bank. - To be effective in the implementation process, the PMU will assign environmental staff (ES) to support the environmental aspects of the subproject. - Be set up by the investor to evaluate the environmental status Environmental monitoring and of the subproject, assess the environmental quality during the supervision unit subproject construction process and monitor the compliance with the environmental management plan set out in the EIA. - Socio-environmental officer is responsible for monitoring implementation of World Bank's social and environmental safeguard policies in all phases and progress of subproject. Specifically, Socio-environmental officer will be responsible for: (i) helping PMU incorporate ESMP into detailed technical designs and civil engineering tenders and contract documents; (ii) helping PMU integrate its monitoring responsibilities and monitoring of ESMP into TORs, tenders and contract Environmental and social staff documents to construction supervision consultant when of the PMU (ES) necessary; iii) providing relevant inputs for consultancy selection process; (iv) reviewing reports submitted by monitoring consultant and safety consultants; (v) conducting periodic site inspections; (vi) helping PMU solve social and resettlement issues of sub-project; and (vii) preparing environmental and social performance section on the progress and review reports to be submitted to the DONRE and the World Bank. - Construction supervision consultant will appoint socio- environmental staff in charge of regular monitoring and supervision of all construction activities and ensure that the Contractor is in compliance with contractual requirements and ECOP. Construction supervision consultant will recruit enough qualified employees (e.g., environmental engineers) Construction supervision with comprehensive knowledge of environmental consultant management and project construction to carry out mandatory tasks and supervise performance of Contractors. - Construction supervision consultants will also assist PMUs in (i) reporting and maintaining close coordination with local communities, and (ii) strengthening capacity of civil contractors. The Bidder shall submit to PPMU the following additional Bidder documents in its Bid: Code of Conduct (ESHS) 160 Community / Organization Responsibility • The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to its employees and subcontractors, to ensure compliance with its Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) obligations under the contract. • In addition, the Bidder shall detail how this Code of Conduct will be implemented. This will include: how it will be introduced into conditions of employment/engagement, what training will be provided, how it will be monitored and how the Contractor proposes to deal with any breaches Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ESHS) risks • The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the following key Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) risks. + Traffic Management Plan to ensure safety of local communities from construction traffic; + Water Resource Protection Plan to prevent contamination of drinking water; + Boundary Marking and Protection Strategy for mobilization and construction to prevent offsite adverse impacts; + Strategy for obtaining Consents/Permits prior to the start of relevant works such as opening a quarry or borrow pit. - The contractor shall assign Environmental and Social Staff(s) to carry out Environmental and Social mitigation measures proposed in the ESMP. - The Contractor shall be required to submit to PPMU/CSC for approval, and subsequently implement, the Contractor’s Contractor Environment and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP), in accordance with the Particular Conditions of Contract Sub- Clause 16.22, that includes the agreed Management Strategies and Implementation Plans. - The Contractor is required to appoint a competent individual as the contractor’s on-site Safety and Environment Officer (SEO) 2 The Contractor shall not commence any Works, including mobilization and/or pre-construction activities (e.g. limited clearance for haul roads, site accesses and work site establishment, geotechnical investigations or investigations to select ancillary features such as quarries and borrow pits), unless the Project Manager is satisfied that appropriate measures are in place to address environmental, social, health and safety risks and impacts. At a minimum, the Contractor shall apply the Management Strategies and Implementation Plans and Code of Conduct, submitted as part of the Bid and agreed as part of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit, on a continuing basis, for the Project Manager’s prior approval, such supplementary Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ESHS risks and impacts of ongoing works. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The C-ESMP shall be approved prior to the commencement of construction activities (e.g. excavation, earth works, bridge and structure works, stream and road diversions, quarrying or extraction of materials, concrete batching and asphalt manufacture). The approved C-ESMP shall be reviewed, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and updated in a timely manner, as required, by the Contractor to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Works activities to be undertaken. The updated C-ESMP shall be subject to prior approval by the Project Manager. 161 Community / Organization Responsibility who will be responsible for monitoring the contractor’s compliance with Code of Conduct and MSIP which is set out in the Section VII – Works’ Requirements of SPDs. - Take actions to mitigate all potential negative impacts in line with the objective described in the CESMP. - Actively communicate with local residents and take actions to prevent disturbance during construction. - Ensure that all staff and workers understand the procedure and their tasks in the environmental management program. - Report to the PPMU and CSC on any difficulties and their solutions. - Report to local authority and PPMU and CSC if environmental accidents occur and coordinate with agencies and keys stakeholders to resolve these issues. - Community: As a practice of Viet Nam, communities have rights and responsibilities to regularly monitor environmental performance during construction phase to ensure their rights Local community and safety are adequately protected and mitigation measures are taken effectively by contractors and PMUs. In the event of an unexpected incident, they will report to the monitoring consultant and PMU - Supervise subproject implementation as recommended by Provincial People's DONRE and PMU to ensure compliance with Government Committee, District People's policies and regulations. DONRE is responsible for Committee, Provincial supervising compliance with the Government's environmental DONRE requirements 7.4. Environment compliance framework 385. The tasks of contractors, environmental safety staff and monitoring consultants stated here but not defined in SPDs should be included in requirements of the Investor (Part VII of SPDs) 7.4.1. Environmental Duties of the Contractor3 386. The contractor firstly must comply to minimize impacts that may result from subproject construction and secondly apply ESMP mitigation measures to prevent losses and inconvenience to local community and environment caused by impacts during construction and operation phase. 3 If the Contractor was, or is, failing to perform any ESHS obligations or work under the Contract, the value of this work or obligation, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the work or obligation has been performed, and/or the cost of rectification or replacement, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until rectification or replacement has been completed. Failure to perform includes, but is not limited to the following: • failure to comply with any ESHS obligations or work described in the Works’ Requirements which may include: working outside site boundaries, excessive dust, failure to keep public roads in a safe usable condition, damage to offsite vegetation, pollution of water courses from oils or sedimentation, contamination of land e.g. from oils, human waste, damage to archeology or cultural heritage features, air pollution as a result of unauthorized and/or inefficient combustion; • failure to regularly review C-ESMP and/or update it in a timely manner to address emerging ESHS issues, or anticipated risks or impacts; • failure to implement the C-ESMP; • failing to have appropriate consents/permits prior to undertaking Works or related activities; • failure to submit ESHS report/s (as described in Appendix C of SPDs), or failure to submit such reports in a timely manner; • failure to implement remediation as instructed by the Engineer within the specified timeframe (e.g. remediation addressing non-compliance/s). 162 387. Remedial measures that cannot be effectively implemented during construction shall be conducted upon completion of the work (and before acceptance of work completion) 388. Tasks of the contractor include, but not limited to: - Compliance with related legal requirements on environment, public health and safety; - Working within required scope of contract and other tender conditions; - Arrange representatives of construction team to join site inspection conducted by environmental officer from monitoring consultant; - Carry out any remedy instructed by environmental officer from project management unit and monitoring consultant; - In case of non-compliance/inconsistency, investigation must be carried out to propose mitigation measures and remedies shall be conducted to minimize environmental impact; - Stop construction activities that generate negative impacts upon receiving instruction of environmental staff of project management unit and monitoring consultant; propose and implement remedies and conduct alternative construction methods, if needed, to minimize environmental impact. Non-compliance by contractor will result in suspension of construction and other penalties until non-compliance is properly addressed following requirements of ES of project management board and monitoring consultant. 7.4.2. Contractor’s safety, social and environmental officer 389. The contractor shall be required to designate eligible staff (s) to act as safety, socio - environmental officer. Safety, social and environmental officer must be properly trained in environmental management and must possess necessary skills to transfer environmental management knowledge to all contract employees. Safety, social and environmental officerwill be responsible for monitoring contractor’s compliance with ESMP requirements and environmental specifications. The task of safety, social and environmental officer will include but not limit to the followings: - Conduct environmental site inspections to assess and audit practices, equipment and working methods of contractors on pollution control and environmental mitigation measures implemented; - Monitoring compliance with environmental protection measures, pollution prevention and control measures and contract requirements; - Monitoring the implementation of environmental mitigation measures; - Preparation of audit reports for environmental conditions of the site; - Investigate complaints and propose corrective measures; - Advise contractors on measures to prevent environmental pollution; raise awareness and remain proactive; - Propose appropriate mitigation measures for contractors in case of non-compliance. Implement additional monitoring of non-compliance guided by ES of PMU and monitoring consultant; - Inform contractors and ESs (to PMU and monitoring consultant) about environmental issues; submit ESMP Implementation Plan of Contractor to ES of PMU and monitoring consultant and relevant agencies, if requested; 7.4.3. Social and environmental monitoring during construction phase (Monitoring Consultant) 390. During the construction phase, monitoring consultant eligibly reports to PMU for environmental monitoring. Monitoring consultant will assign environmental and social staff in charge of monitoring and supervising all construction activities to ensure that the mitigation measures applied in the ESMP are properly implemented and help to minimize negative environmental impact caused by subproject. Monitoring consultant will provide sufficient environmental monitoring engineers with comprehensive knowledge of environmental protection and construction project management to perform mandatory tasks and monitor performance of contractors. Specifically, environmental and 163 social officer of motoring consultant will - On behalf of PMU to review and evaluate whether the design meets the requirements of the ESMP mitigation and management measures; - Supervise contractors' environmental management systems, including performance, experience and environmental issues troubleshooting, and provide guidance on remedial measures; - Review implementation of ESMP by contractors; verify and confirm environmental monitoring procedures, parameters, monitoring location, equipment and results; - Report status of ESMP implementation to PMU and prepare environmental monitoring report during construction phase; 7.4.4. Compliance with contract requirement and legal regulations 391. Construction activities not only comply with the requirements of environmental protection and contract pollution control but also comply with the Law on Environmental Protection and Pollution Control of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam. 392. All reports on modality method submitted to monitoring consultant and PMUby the Contractor for approval to see if there are sufficient environmental protection and pollution control measures. Monitoring consultant and PMU will also review progress and program of the works to check that relevant environmental laws have not been violated and may prevent any possibility of violating the law. 393. The contractor will make copies of the documents related to safety, social and environmental officer and environmental officer of monitoring consultant and PMU. Document must include at least updated work progress report, updated working methods and other license / permit applications in accordance with the Environmental Protection Action and all valid permits / licenses. Safety, social and environmental officer and environmental officer will also have access, on request, to the Site Log. 394. After reviewing documents, Safety, social and environmental officer or environmental officer will advise PMU and contractor on non-compliance with contractual requirements and legal regulation on environmental protection and pollution control for their implementation of the next actions. If safety, social and environmental officer or environmental officerconcludes that status on the permit/ application of the permit and any prepared environmental protection and pollution control works may not comply with construction methods or may result in violation of requirements on environmental protection and pollution control, they will advise the contractor and PMU accordingly. 7.4.5. Report system 395. In addition to the progress report, the Contractor will also provide a report on environmental, social, health and safety indicators listed in Annex B of the SPDs. In addition to the Annex B report, the Contractor shall also promptly notify PMU of any incidents in the following categories. Full details of such incidents will be provided to PMU within agreed time frame. - Confirm or likely to violate any international law or agreement; - Fatality or serious injuries; - Significant adverse effects or damage to private property (e.g. car accident, damage caused by flying stones, working outside the territory) - Major pollution of living water or damage to or destruction of rare or endangered habitats (including protected areas) or species; - Any allegations of sexual harassment or sexual misconduct, child abuse, pollution or other violations involving children. Table 67: Reporting system requirements No. Preparation of report Submit to Frequency of reporting Construction Immediately of certain aspects and 1 Contractor supervision monthly with respect to a wider range of 164 consultant aspects Construction supervision Immediately or monthly 2 PMU consultant When the community has any complaint Community supervision 3 PMU about the subproject safeguards board implementation Once every three months according to Consultant in charge of 4 PMU monitoring frequency; Monitoring when environmental monitoring there are environmental incidents Once every six months in accordance with 5 PMU DoNRE the GoV’s environmental regulations Once every six months in accordance with 6 PMU CPMU, WB the Section II of the Loan Agreement Independent monitoring Once every 6 months. 7 CPMU, WB consultant 7.5. Grievance redressing mechanism 396. Complaints related to subproject issues will be addressed through negotiations to reach a consensus. A complaint will go through three stages before it can be sent to the court. The executing agency will pay all administrative and legal fees related to the acceptance of the complaint. This cost is included in the subproject budget. The procedures for handling complaints shall be as follows: 7.5.1. Procedures for complaints and redressing of complaints The first level, CPC/Ward PC: 397. An affected household can send his / her complaint to any member of the ward / commune People's Committee, through the village head or directly to the commune / ward People's Committee, in writing or verbal. The above member (s) of the People's Committee or village head will inform the commune / ward People's Committee of the complaint. The commune / ward People's Committee will directly work with the affected household above and will decide to settle the complaint after five days from the date of receiving the complaint (it can take 15 days in mountainous or remote areas). The Secretariat of the People's Committee of the commune / ward is responsible for compiling and recording all complaints they are dealing with. 398. After the People's Committee of the ward / commune issues its decision, the relevant household can appeal within 30 days. In case the second decision is issued but the household above is still not satisfied with the decision, the household can appeal to the People's Committee of the city / district / town (City’s PC). The second level, DPC, Town PC and City’s PC 399. After receiving a complaint from a household, DPC will have 15 days (or 30 days in the case of remote areas) to resolve the case. The District People's Committee is responsible keeping records of all complaints that it handles. When the DPC makes a decision, the household can appeal within 30 days. In case the second decision has been issued and the household is still unhappy with the decision, they can appeal to the Provincial People's Committee. Level 3, Provincial People’s Committee: 400. Upon receiving the complaint from the household, the PPC will have 30 days (or 45 days for remote areas) to resolve the case. The PPC is responsible for submitting and keeping documents for all submitted complaints. 401. After the PPC issues the decision, the household can appeal within 45 days. In case the second decision is issued and the household is still unhappy with the decision, they can appeal to the court within 45 days. After that, PPC will have to send compensation to the account. Level 4, Provincial Court: 165 402. In the event that a complainant sends his or her case to the provincial court and court rules are helpful for the complainant, the provincial government will have to increase the compensation level. In the case of a court judgment in favor of the PPC, the complainant will be returned the amount paid to the court. 403. Decision on redressing compliant will be sent to the complainant and the stakeholders and publicly posted in relevant PCs. The compliant will receive judgment three days after having complaint redressing result from ward/commune/town and seven days at district or provincial levels. 404. In order to minimize the number of complaints at the provincial level, the PMU will coordinate with District Compensation Committee to participate and advise on redressing the complaint and respond to the complainant. The role and capacity of PMU is to provide compensation, support and resettlement to affected households and displaced persons. 405. Human Resources: Staff in charge of environment and resettlement selected by the PMU will design and maintain a database of subproject-related complaints from affected households, including information such as: the nature of the complaint, the source and date of receipt of the complaint, the name and address of the complainant, the action plan and the current status. 406. For verbal complaint, Receiving and Reconciling Board will record the complaint in a complaint form in the first meeting with affected person. 7.5.2. Contractor and construction supervision consultant: 407. During the construction process, the GRM will be also managed by contractors under the supervision of CSC. Contractors will inform affected communities and communes about the availability of GRM to handle complaints and concerns about the subproject. This will be done through community consultation and information disclosure process whereby contractors will contact affected communities and related agencies on a regular basis. Meetings will be held at least quarterly and monthly information brochures will be announced. The announcements will be made on local media to disseminate about coming activities. 408. Every complaint and corresponding action implemented by the contractor will be recorded in safeguard monitoring report of the subproject. Complaints and requirements on compensation will be submitted as follows: - By verbal: directly to CSC and/or safeguard officials or representative of contractor in the site office; - By writing: handing over or sending complaint letter to the designated address; - By phone, fax, email: send to CSC, employee or safeguard representative of the contractor. 409. When receiving a complaint, CSC, staffs or safeguard representative of the contractor will register the complaint in the complaint file and maintain diary of the events related to the complaint until the complaint is resolved. Immediately upon receipt, four copies of the complaint will be prepared. The original copy will be kept on file, one copy will be used by the contractor's safeguard staff, one copy will be sent to the CSC and the fourth copy will be sent to the PMU within 24 hours from the time of receiving complaint letter. 410. Recorded information on the complaint includes: - Date and hour of complaint; - Name and address of the complainant; - Brief of complaint; - Actions taken to resolve the complaint, including person contacting and finding at each step in the complaint handling process; - Date and time when the complainant is allowed to contact to resolve; - Final decision on the complaint letter; - Date, time and method that the complainant is informed; 166 - Signature of the complainant when his/her complaint is resolved. 411. Minor complaint will be processed within one week. Within two weeks (and every week thereafter), a written response will be sent to the complainant (by hand, post, fax, e-mail) indicating procedures which are conducted until now. 412. The main objective is to solve the problem as quickly as possible by the simplest means, involving as few people as possible, and at the lowest level as possible. Only if a problem cannot be resolved at the simplest level and / or within 15 days, other functional agencies will be involved. Such situations may arise, for example, when the amount paid cannot be resolved for the damage, or the cause of the damage is determined. 7.5.3. Grievance mechanism of the World Bank 413. When community and individual believe that they are adversely affected by a project funded by World Bank (WB), they can send their complaint to the grievance redressing mechanism at subproject level or services of redressing grievance of WB (GRS). GRS ensures that recorded complaint will be quickly considered to resolve issues related to the subproject. Subproject affected community and individual can send their complaint to external monitoring board of WB to determine if bad effect is happened or not. In order to know information on how to send complaint to the grievance redressing service of WB, please refer to: www.worldbank.org/grs. In order to know information on the way to send complaint letter to Inspection Board of WB, please refer to: www.inspectionpanel.org. 7.6. ESMP implementation plan 7.6.1. Contractor's ESMP Implementation Plan 414. Shortly after the contract is signed, based on the approved subproject ESMP and construction methods, construction plan approved by CSC and PPMU, the Contractor prepares Contractor’s ESMP (C-ESMP) of the package and submits to the CSC for review and approval. • After the C-ESMP has been approved by monitoring consultant, the contractor shall take measures to mitigate environmental and social impacts on the site. • The C-ESMP will be published at worker camps and site offices to disseminate information on mitigation measures to workers. • Make public information bulletin at the entrance of construction site with available addresses, representatives, phone numbers of the concerned parties for monitoring by local community and contact when needed. • Assign staff in charge of environment and safety, training and providing protective equipment, periodical health checks for workers; • Survey and check on-site environmental status, report to monitoring consultant if there are any significant differences compared to baseline environment. • Sign contracts with authorized units to treat domestic wastes, hazardous waste, and supply clean water. • Manage workers and construction equipment and provide new certificates/permits in case of expiration. • Implement ESMP and update, and submit the plan to construction supervision consultant for approval if any changes before applying. • Coordinate with PMB and construction supervision consultant to redress complaints of local people on environmental and safety issue of the package in a timely manner. • Monthly report on ESMP implementation of the package 7.6.2. Start of subproject and personnel 415. The contractor's staff in charge of environment protection must be an environmental engineer or one with related expertise and must have an occupational health and safety certificate and work full- 167 time on site. 416. Provide trainings on occupational health and safety and regular health checks for workers. 7.7. Capacity development and training 7.7.1. Training on safeguard policy 417. Because the PPMU have been newly established to implement the subproject, PPMU staffs are not fiamiliar with the Bank safeguard policy requirement. The PPMU has appointed an officer to be responsible for implementing the environmental safeguard requirements of the subproject. This environmental officer has participated in the safeguard training organized by the World Bank and the CPMU at the early stage of the project implementation. However, capacity development and training would be annually carried out through the technical assistance from the CPMU and the World Bank safeguard specialists with a focus on new safeguard policy requirements, i.e. new ESHS requirements set out in the standard procurement documents. Such training will be provided PPMU safeguard staff, CSC, and contractor’s OHS as soon as possible once they are mobilized. CPMU will be responsible for organization of the training in coordination with the Bank safeguard specialists. 418. Such training courses will be held at the early stage of the subproject implementation process to ensure that the ESMP is properly integrated into the bidding document (and subsequently the contract). Technical assistance should be provided by experienced and skillful staff of construction supervision consultants, and implemented in accordance with the terms of reference including specific references to the development of the requirements of the investor for the standard tender. 7.7.2 Occupational health and safety training 419. Provisions will be made to provide occupational safety and health training for all new employees to ensure they are informed of the basic regulations in the site on personal protection and prevention ofcolleagues from injuries. 420. Training will include basic hazard perception, specific hazards, safe work practices, and emergency procedures for fire, evacuation and natural disasters in appropriate manner. Any used particular hazard or color code will be considered in athoughtful wayas a part of the orientation training. 7.7.3 Orientation of visitors 421. If visitors are allowed access to areas with hazardous conditions or substances, orientation and control program for visitors will be established to ensurethat visitors do not go into dangerous areas without being accompanied. 7.7.4. Training for new contractors and workers 422. The PPMU will ensure that workers and contractors, before starting new work, will receive adequate training and information so that they can understand the hazards of work and protect themselves from the hazards. Training will include: 423. Understand about materials, equipment and tools - Understand about the hazards in operation and how to control them - Potential risks to health - Warnings to prevent exposure - Sanitary requirements - Wear and use clothing and protective equipment - Appropriate response to extreme operating conditions, accidents and incidents 7.7.5. Basic training on occupational health and safety 424. A basic training program and intensive courses will be implemented as needed to ensure that workers are oriented towards the specific hazards of separated work tasks. Training will generally be provided to managers, supervisors, workers, and occasional visitors to risk and hazardous areas. 425. Workers in charge of first aid and rescue will receive special training not to intentionally 168 exacerbate the exposure and health hazards to themselves and their colleagues. Training will include the risk of transmitting the disease through blood through contact with tissue and body fluids. 426. Through appropriate contractual terms and monitoring, the PPMU will ensure that service providers as well as contractual labors and subcontractors are adequately trained before commencement of work. 427. The PPMU will be responsible for coordinating with construction supervision consultant and officer in charge of environment of contractor to organize training courses above. 7.8. Monitoring plan and monitoring of environmental quality 7.8.1. Compliance monitoring 428. Environmental compliance monitoring is carried out to assess the compliance with operational standards and proposed national environmental norm and standards. The main purpose of the Environmental Compliance Monitoring is to ensure that all proposed mitigation measures are complied with by contractors during the construction, to early identify arising environmental issues and to timely propose additional mitigation measures. - The PPMU and CSC will monitor the compliance with standards. PPMU and CSC will be responsible for monitoring the compliance of contractor with agreed mitigation measures. The results are summarized in a monthly report. - Local authorities in 10 communes and community in 11 reservoirs will be responsible for monitoring in accordance with the Government regulations, the Law on Environmental Protection 2014 and Decree No.80 /2005 / ND-CP - Regulations on community investment supervision. - In addition, Officer of contractor in charge of environment will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of labor safety and environmental sanitation and reporting to the CSC. - A detailed monitoring plan will be prepared during the detailed design phase. Cost for the monitoring program will be included in the cost of implementation of the ESMP. 7.8.2. Monitoring of the ambient environmental quality (a) Periodic monitoring 429. Environmental monitoring programs such as quality of air, soil and water will provide information which can be used to assess effectiveness of pollution management strategies. One legal qualified unit is hired by PPMU for environmental monitoring (the Unit will be signed a contract prior to construction). A systematic planning process is recommended to ensure that the collected data is appropriate for its intended purpose (and to avoid unnecessary data collection). This process, sometimes referred to as the process of data quality objectives, determinates purpose of data collection, decides basing on data and consequences of making wrong decisions; time and geographical boundaries and necessary data quality to make a right decision. Environmental monitoring program will consider the following factors: - Monitoring parameters: Selected monitoring parameters should reflect pollutants involved in subproject progress. - Base calculation: Prior to construction of subproject, monitoring of quality of ambient environment and surrounding area of subproject should be conducted to assess level of contamination of main pollutants to distinguish between surrounding environmental conditions and impacts related to subproject. - Type and frequency of monitoring: Data on ambient air generated through monitoring program must represent pollutants discharged by subproject over time. Time and frequency of monitoring can also be arranged from continuously to rarely, monthly, quarterly or yearly. - Monitoring locations: Quality monitoring of surrounding environment may include external supervision or in the boundary of sub-project by investor, DONRE, or by cooperation between two parties. The placement of monitoring stations should base on the results of scientific methods and mathematical models to project potential effects on receptors from emission sources taking into account aspects such as location of the community who is prone to impacts 169 - Sampling and analysis methods: Monitoring programs should be applied national or international methods for sample collection and analysis, such as those published by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Sampling must be conducted by or under supervision of trained staffs. Analysis will be conducted by authorized or certified entities for this purpose. Quality control / QA / QC plans must apply sampling and analysis and must be proved by documentation to ensure data quality is consistent with intended use of the data (e.g., Limit of detection is lower than the level of concern). Monitoring reports should include QA / QC documentation. 430. Noise monitoring can be conducted for the purpose of setting level of ambient noise in the areas of proposed project, or checking noise level during operation phase. The noise monitoring program should be prepared and implemented by trained experts. Typical monitoring period should be sufficient for statistical analysis and may last 48 hours with the use of noise monitoring equipment which can record data continuously during the period, or in hours, or more frequently if appropriate (or include different intervals for several days, including weekdays and weekends). Negative indexes are recorded depending on the type of interference being tracked, determined by the noise specialist. The equipment should be placed about 1.5m from ground and not closer than 3m to any reflective surfaces (e.g. walls). In general, the noise limit is expressed by level of ambient noise or level of background noise in case there is no source of noise that is being investigated. 7.8.3. Frequency and monitoring parameters: 431. The parameters, location and frequency of monitoring of environmental quality are summarized in the table below: Table 68: Summary of the content of quality monitoring of environmental components during the construction phase Environmental Frequency Monitoring Monitoring monitoring of Standard reference position parameters component monitoring Quality of air and 3 locations Once every SO2, NOx, CO, dust QCVN 05: 2013 / noise at each three and micro elements BTNMT construction months of vibration and QCVN 26: 2010 / site noise level BTNMT QCVN 27: 2010 / BTNMT: Water quality 2 locations Once every Temperature, pH, QCVN 08: 2008 / at each three turbidity, BOD5, BTNMT construction months TSS, PO43- site Ammonium, SO42- Mineral oil, Cu, As, Pb, Zn, Fe, Hg, Cd and Coliform Underground 2 locations Once every pH, hardness, QCVN 09-MT: 2015 / water quality at each three conductivity, COD, BTNMT construction months total residue, Pb, Fe, site As, Hg, Cd, Coliform, NO3- Quality of soil One position Once every Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn, Hg, QCVN 03-MT: 2015 / environment at each three As BTNMT construction months site Quality of One position Once every pH, BOD5, TSS, QCVN 14: 2008 / domestic at each three vegetable and animal BTNMT wastewater construction months oils, coliform 170 site Note: - QCVN 05: 2013 / BTNMT: National Technical Standard on ambient air quality - QCVN 26: 2010 / BTNMT: National Technical Standard on noise - QCVN 27: 2010 / BTNMT: National Technical Standard on vibration - QCVN 08-MT: 2015 / BTNMT: National standard for surface water quality - QCVN 09-MT: 2015 / BTNMT: National Technical Standard on Underground Water Quality - QCVN 03-MT: 2015 / BTNMT: Limits of heavy metals in soil - QCVN 14: 2008 / BTNMT: National Technical Regulation on domestic wastewater quality (b) Incident monitoring 432. Purpose of this monitoring is to assess the level of soil and water pollution caused by sudden discharge of waste such as the discharge of wastewater and oil into nearby water and soil and to timely make decision on pollution control and reduce environmental risk. 433. An incident monitoring plan will be developed by construction supervision consultant in the first stage of the subproject implementation and submitted to the PMU for approval. This plan will identify potential risks to environment due to discharge of wastes such as waste water and waste oil into nearby water sources. The plan also identifies resources to monitor this issue such as personnel, equipment, location and monitoring parameters, analytical methods, dedicated laboratories, and cost estimates. 7.8.4. Dam safety monitoring After water is stored and the dam is started, the dam owner is responsible for dam safety monitoring. This task is implemented by a qualified independent expert who is not involved in the survey, design, construction or operation of the dam. After regular operation, regular checking of the dam, including pre-flood and post-flood safety inspections, are carried out in accordance with the Government Decree (No. 72/2007 / ND-CP). on Dam Safety Management. 7.9. Cost estimates for ESMP implementation 434. The cost of implementing the ESMP will include: i) the cost of implementation of mitigation measures in the site which primarily comes from contractor activities; ii) compliance monitoring cost, which will be included in the contract with the construction supervision consultant, cost for operation and management of the PMU; iii) costs for monitoring environmental quality; and iv) cost for training and capacity building. The total cost of implementing the ESMP is estimated in the following table. Table 69: Summary of the ESMP implementation cost TT Activities Cost (VND) 1 Implementation of mitigation measures of the 308,240,000 contractor 2 Quality monitoring of environmental components 1,097,464,000 3 Training, capacity building 131,000,000 4 Construction supervision n/a 5 Community monitoring n/a 435. Community involvement in the ESIA implementation is voluntary due to the benefit of the community itself and the households. Therefore, the people involved in the monitoring of the ESMP will not be paid salary. However, in order to encourage community participation, the cost of materials and tools should be allocated to monitor activities and support some selected members choosen by the community to participate in the monitoring process. According to decision No. 80/2005/QD-TTg dated 18/4/2005 by Prime Minister on community investment monitoring regulation and Joint Circular guiding on the implementation of Decision No. 80/2005/QÄ?-TTg, "costs for investment monitoring 171 activity of the community in communes/ the ward is represented in the value of the cost estimates of the budget of the Fatherland Front at communal level and district level and are taken from the budget of commune and district levels; financial support for organizing training courses, guidance, preliminary report and finally the investmentsupervision of community at provincial and district level are balanced in the value of estimate cost of Fatherland Front at provincial/district level which is taken from provincial budget". 436. Table belowshows the capital flow for environmental quality monitoring and capacity building during the subproject implenmentation process in Son La province. Table 70. Fund source for monitoring of ESMP Contents Cost Budget source (a) Mitigation measures implementation A part of the construction contract World Bank during construction cost (b) Monitoring of safeguard policies A part of the cost of Construction implementation during construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) World Bank (c) Safeguard performance of PPMU PPMU operation cost Counterpart fund (d) Monitoring of ambient environmental Cost for hiring environmental World Bank quality monitoring 172 Table 71. Summary of mitigation measures Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring Pre-construction phase Clearing of plant - Only conduct Sub-project area Compensation and Head of affected PPMU and on temporarily clearing on site clearance cost household People's and permanently defined area. Committees of acquired land area districts and - Utilize plant communes waste to be fuel or material - Collect unused plant waste and transport to local dumping site - Restore the vegetation as soon as possible to maintain the landscape, microclimate condition, and habitat of local animals. Land acquisition: Compensation, The entire Land Law No. VND 500,000,000 People's PPMU and local The assistance and subproject area is 45/2013 / QH13, Committees of communities implementation of resettlement for affected relevant decrees districts and work items of the people having and circulars communes subproject will land, housing, 173 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring require permanent income, property acquisition affected. of23,683 m2, Compensation including 7,683 and site clearance m2 of will be complied permanently with the updated acquired land and resettlement plan 16,000 m2 of of the subproject temporarily acquired land, 100% of irrigation land under management of the People's Committee. Affect 36 households. Risks from UXO Ensure safety The entire QCVN 01: 2012 / Cost for clearance Unit under PPMU distance and affected BQP of UXO management of warnings for subproject area Military Zone II QCVN 02: 2008 / people during the BCT implementation in accordance with Circular 146/2007 QCV 01: 2012 / / TT-BQP BQP- National technical regulations on clearance of unexplosive ordnance and ordinance 02: 2008 / BCT- 174 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring National regulations on safety in transporting, preserving, using and destroying industrial explosive materials Construction stage The general - Environmenta All affected Laws, decrees, Included in Contractor P PMUs, environmental and l Codes of subproject areas circulars and construction costs construction social negative Practice (ECOP) including current national supervision impacts related to construction technical consultant, - Measures to construction sites, transport regulations independent mitigate specific activities and routes andborrow monitoring impacts A Guideline to the specific impacts pit consultant of the Environment, Central Project Health and Safety Management of the World Bank Unit, Provincial Department of Natural Resources and Environment, local communities, Operation stage Risk of drowning - Equip warning Reservoir area Official Letter No. Operating cost of Dam owner Department of signs and 5675 / BGDDT- the reservoir Agricultural and installing GDTC dated 30 Rural 175 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring dangerous November 2017 Development warning systemat dams and reservoirs. - Disseminate information on the risk of drowning to the community along the reservoir. Repair and - Inform people Reservoir area Decree 72/2007 / Operating cost of Dam owner Department of maintenance may about the annual and downstream ND-CP the reservoir Agricultural and lead to lower repair and area Rural downstream water maintenance plan. Development level - Perform periodic maintenance and repairin the short period and at the time of the lowest water demand. - Implement measures to maintain water supply during the repair process to ensure that there is no disruption in water supply. Regulating of - Prepare an Reservoir area 72/2007 / ND-CP Operating cost of Dam owner Department of 176 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring reservoir,flood emergency and downstream the reservoir Agricultural and discharge in case response plan as area Rural of superflood part of the dam Development affecting safety report downstream - The management and operation unit should promptly and accurately announce the flood discharge plan so that the communitycan take initiative in grasping and responding to the plan. - By the time of unsafety such as the rainy season, it needs to be assigned persons regularly monitoring to ensure proper water regulation. - Construct a safety corridor for flood discharging on the basis of 177 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring scenario of forecasting impact level; Specific solutions are detailed in the Dam Safety Report and Emergency Response Plan. Disaster risk - The unit that Reservoir area 72/2007 / ND-CP Operating cost of Dam owner Department of causes insecurity manages the and downstream the reservoir Agricultural and operation of the area Rural reservoirs Development regularly checks the safety of reservoir - Properly perform operation procedures to ensure the safety of the reservoir - The management unit of the reservoir works closely with the Commune People's Committee and the local people to 178 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring promptly report on dam-related risks to timely propose remedial action. - People and local authorities take initiative in community-based disaster preparedness planning - Develop scenarios for forecasting the extent of effects, options for migration, solutions for life and property of community in emergency situations. Detailed contents are included in the Dam Safety Report and Subproject Emergency Response Plan. 179 Phase Environmental Mitigation Location Applied Cost for Agency being Agency being and social issues measures standards mitigation responsible for responsible for implementation monitoring Increase in use of Preparation and Sub-project area Law on Plant Cost for annual Division of Department of fertilizers and implementation of Protection and IPM training in agriculture Agricultural and pesticides integrated pest Quarantine locality extension of Rural management 41/2013 / QH13 commune and Development (IPM) district Decree No. 114/2016 / ND- CP 180 CHAPTER VIII: PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 437. The current law on environmental protection of the GoV and the Bank policy on Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01) require that during EA process the subproject owner conducts public consultations with locally-affected people and local NGOs about the subproject’s environmental aspects and take their views into account. For meaningful public consultations between the subproject owner and locally-affected people and local NGOs, the subproject owner has provided relevant documents such as draft ESIA, RAP, and EMDP in Vietnamese language in a timly manner prior to consultation to locally-affected people and local NGOs and authorities. Public consultation and information disclosure have been conducted in two forms: i) organizing face-to-face meetings with locally-affected people, local NGOs, relevant management units, and authorities in the subproject area and ii) sending official letters and subproject documents for official consultation on the subproject’s environmental aspects to commune people's committees of the communes and in the subproject area. In addition, interviews with AHs in the subproject area are also conducted to get their feedback on the subproject implementation. 8.1. Public consultation 8.1.1. Content and form of consultation 438. Public consultations have been conducted in accordance with the guidelines of Circular No. 27/2015 / TT-BTNMT dated 29 May 2015 of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment and the World Bank. The purpose of the consultation is to inform the community and the stakeholders about the subproject, learn about the current environment condition, the degree of sensitivity of the environmental impacts of the project and collect the relevant information to ensure that all adverse impacts of the subproject activities on the community will be fully considered and assessed and proposed mitigation measures are feasible, consistent with conditions in locality. 439. Form of consultation: The PPMU has organized a total of six community consultation meetings in the subproject communes/towns. The actual time of the community consultation meetings is as follows: - 13h45 'on 05/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Muong Bon commune - 09h00 '08/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Chieng Mung commune - 14h00’ 08/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Chieng Ban commune - 16h00 '08/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Na Bo commune - 14h30 'on 09/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Phieng Cam commune - 09h00 'on 10/01/2018: Community consultation meeting in Muoi Noi commune 440. Participants in the community consultation meetings are the representatives of local units and organizations such as representatives of the People's Committees, residential group, veterans' association, women's union, youth union, elderly association ... and representatives of affected households. 441. Besides organizing the meeting, PPMU Son La sent an official dispatch No. 02/DANN dated 3/1/2018 by Son La Project Management Unit of Construction and Investment Works with attachment of document summarizing the main investment items, environmental issues, environmental protection solutions of the Project to the People's Committee and the Fatherland Front Committee of six communes for consultation during the preparation of the ESIA report. The comments of the participants in the meeting will be expressed in written replies of the Communal People's Committees (the detailed content is attached in the annex of the report). 8.1.2. Result of community consultation 442. After listening to the introduction about the scale of the project, technical options of each work item, impacts caused by the project on environment and proposal of mitigation measures on the impacts, participants have given many questions as well as contribution to the project as metioned in the table below. 181 Table 72. Summary of the consultation results and feedback from the project owner Responded by No. Issued raised by local people subproject’s representative 1 Muong Bon commune Mr. Tong Van Hiep - Cadastral Officer of Muong Bon Commune: − The comments are The locations and affected households should be clearly identified noted and it will Ms. Tong Thi Khoa - Chairwoman of Muong Bon commune coordinate with Women's Union: Regarding the workforce in the commune, the the investor and number of households with women in the commune accounts for a CPC to handle large proportion. Especially during the leisure season, women issues for people. have more free time. Therefore, the Women's Union expects the PMU to facilitate women's recruitment especially in the jobs that suit with their characteristics so that they can earn additional income. Mr. Luong Van Duong – Chairman of Muong Bon CPC - Regarding waste dumping, it is recommended that the constructor firstly consider location for dumping site, grounds for gathering construction materials, etc., then they can seek advice from the people. - Security and environmental impacts is particularly concerned about by Muong Bon commune. Good plans should be in place to keep good social security, hygiene and environmental sanitation, and avoid bad rumors which may cause negative impacts to and reactions from the villagers. - project’s contributions: The project helped upgrade Sa Can Reservoir, improve the storage capacity for irrigation and drainage purposes, upgrade the banks which create favorable conditions for people to travel, especially for transportation of fertilizers and agricultural products. - Opinion of household of Mr. Lo Van Cuong (Xa Can village) which is ethnic minority household + The project activities should be duly concerned. Consultants and PMU are advised by the commune to minimize impacts on the rights and interests of the people. Where appropriate, a compensation plan should be consulted with the local people to ensure the benefits for them; + Especially, paying attention to environmental sanitation of the surrounding area during the construction process. 2 Chieng Mung commune Mr. Nguyen Van Duan – proposed to consider to change the − The comments are option of repairing Xum Lo reservoir: noted and it will Due to high deposition in the reservoir’s bed, if only the height of coordinate with the dam crest is repaired, the efficiency is not high. People are the investor and currently lacking water for irrigation. I think the current solution is CPC to handle not appropriate. Dredging of reservoir bed to improve storage issues for people. capacity seems to be much better. − Regarding Mr. Ha Van Chung – Member of Commune Farmer's Association: dredging of Upgrading reservoirs, spillway and dam will affect the local reservoir bed, it is residents’ livelihoods. According to the Decree No. 43/2015/ND- not under the 182 Responded by No. Issued raised by local people subproject’s representative CP on the establishment and management of ROW for water scope of the resource protection, which mention that land area within 50m subproject. from the dam foot will be compensated? PMU should review and − Regarding consider whether or not a compensation amount is needed. compensation and - Mr. Tong Van Nhat: If the reservoir bed is not improved under site clearance, the the subproject, it will not ensure sufficient water volume to be project will be regulated to the fields based on their agricultural production complied with demands. regulation of the -Mr. Ha Van Hung: Vehicles carrying construction materials will law and decisions definitely travel through residential areas. Investor is requested to on compensation pay attention to the speed of movement and safety of and site clearance transportation of vehicles to maintain social security and order in of Son La PPC. the residential areas. 3. Mr. Nguyen Van Hanh - Chairman of Chieng Mung Commune Peoples Committee: - The commune expects PMU to consider upgrading the reservoir capacity to secure more water for irrigation especially during the dry season. - Upgrading and repairing activities at Xum Lo Reservoir will help extend the water storage for irrigation. However, Xum Lo reservoir, due to being eroded and having high sediment, such upgrading and repairing are not very effective according to the commune’s opinion.. Mr. Ha Van Xuan (Sum 1 village) My family has a piece of land with LURC. If my family’s land is affected, we would like to be relocated. PMU is kindly requested to consider supporting us to relocate. Opinion of Mr. Ha Trong Tam: We are ethnic minority people, and large number, we live in harmony with other ethnicity. We are very supportive of the subproject. 3 Chieng Ban Commune - Mr. Hoang Van Xuong–Vice chairman of Dien Lam Commune -The comments Peoples Committee: noted and will coordinate with the + Highly appreciated the subproject’s positive impacts. Having project’s owner and high hope for early implementation and progress so that the People’s Commitees people’ livelihoods can be stabilized soon. of the communes to + Regarding environmental issues, principles and rules in the address those process of construction should be followed to secure the problems. environmental sanitation and social order and safety. - Mr. Hoang Van Thoan – chief of Ban Cu 1 village (Reservoir 1): + Local roads are mainly earth roads and have been degraded over time. Therefore, the PMU should pay attention to the load of construction vehicles in order to protect the roads and avoid transportation in rainy days which may cause dangers. - Mr. Leo Van Thao– Chief of Ban Cu 2 village (Reservoir 1): 183 Responded by No. Issued raised by local people subproject’s representative + Having strong support to the project. If the project can benefit people with more water resources for irrigation and construction of management road helps to improve transportation, people would be very happy and will do their best to support the project. - Mr. Lep Van Vun – Chief of Ban Cu 3 village + Most of the peple living around the reservoirs are ethnic minorities; therefore, people hope that the projects can faciliate them to take part in some project activities to improve their living. 4 Na Bo Commune - Mr. Le Dinh Thuan – Chairman of Na Bo People’s Commitee − Subproject Owner raises his opinion on environmental issues: committed to +The authority of Na Bo People’s Committee recommends the implementation of PMU to conduct survey and have acquisition plan for 50m of land environmental in the foot of the dam in accordance with Decree No.43/2015/NÄ?- mitigation CP on establishment and management of water source protection measures as in corridor. Chapter 4 – Environmental + During construction, the presence of workers will not have much Impact impact on peole’s life. Assessment + The People’s Commitee reminds PMU that during construction Report. attentions should be paid to some issues that might be under the impact such as: Environment and Sanitation, traffic safety, order and security in the locality. - Mr. Hoang Huu Phong –Chairman of the famer’s association: + The project construction will have some impacts on people living near the construction site. Especially, the environmental impacts such as: smoke, dust, numbers of vehicles to site. Therefore, the PMU needs to implement mitigation measures to minimize impact on environment and traffic safety. + Construction should be implemented in dry season when people already finish harvesting to avoid shortage of water for production. During construction, it is necessary to have diversion measure or supply of additional water source. - Mrs. Luong Thu Duc – Chairwoman of Women’s Union: + The women’s union expects the PMU to facilitate local women’s participation in simple works of the project, especially the works of ensuring environmental sanitation. + For the role of the women’s union, the union staff will assist Consultants in disseminatingproject information, screening households – especially the households headed by female to have a plan for effective implementation of project activities. The women’s union, in coordination with local organizations will disseminate further information about project and compensation and land clearance policy to people, especially the ethnic minority people. - Mr. Nguyen Van Cuong – Chief of Na Bo village + Concerning the limitations, the construction of works items in 184 Responded by No. Issued raised by local people subproject’s representative reservoir area will cause some problems to the surrounding environment. Particularly, in densely populated area, people raise their concern about the running of material transportation vehicles in high frequency will generate smoke, dust and pollution. Therefore, the People’s Commitee recommends the PMU to select suitable transporation route, time and options in order to minimize environmental pollution. 5 Phieng Cam Commune -Mr. Sung A Chau – Chaiman of Phieng Cam People’s - The comments Committee: noted and will coordinate with + Presently, the roads from other communes to Phieng Cam are the project’s extremely difficult. In rainy days, the commune is almost isolated owner and because 20 km of the road to commune is mountain pass and dirt People’s road. Therefore, the project should be implemented in dry season Commitees of the and transportation of material should be done properly before communes to commencement. address those + The commune will arrange project dumping site. problems.. + The contractors should follow mitigation measures to minimize impacts on environment and ecosystem as stated in the EIA report. + Most of local people in the commune are ethnic minorities so during project implementation, the contractors should follow people’s habits and customs. -Mrs. Ha Thi Phuong –Commune cadastral official: +The project brings excitement for people because Huoi Nha – Kho Mu reservoir has been degraded and unsafe for a long time. + Should ensure environmental sanitation on construction site and labour safety in the area. + Agree with project design and planning. Prior to commencement , the PMU can contact with chiefs of villages to have support in project implementation. -Mr. Quang Van Thuc – Chief of Huoi Nha village: +The management road to reservoir during the rainy days gets muddy and unable to use. The PMU should upgrade management road for convenience of management and smooth travel. 6 Muoi Noi commune -Mr. Quang Van Dieu- Vice Chairman of Muoi Noi People’s − The comments Committee: noted and will + Because the project only carries out dam rehabilitation and dam coordinate with safety enhancement without dredging and increasing water level, it the project’s will not have impact on local people living near project area. owner and People’s + People hope to have the reservoir’s bed dredged to increase Commitees of the water reserve because in dry season there is shortage of water and communes to in rainy season, it get flooded very quickly. address those + Request the PMU to supervise implementation of environmental problems.. mitigation measures as in the report. − The time and 185 Responded by No. Issued raised by local people subproject’s representative route of + Ensure the quality of the works transportation will -Mr. Ca Van Nghiem be arranged +Ensure traffic safety and control of noise and dust during properly. implementation. − The compensation +Should preparea proper plan for compensation & site clearance policy has been when implementing the project. studied and prepared in -Mr.Luong Van Dom – Commune cadastral official accordance with +Strongly support the project to ensure water supply for the policies of the argricultural production. Government of Vietnam and the + Ensure transportation of material will not damage the roads. Sponsor 443. In addition, the recommendations of the people are summarized below: Table 73: Summary of results of consultation on environment and society of Ahs No. Opinions of people on the contents in Environmental Impact Assessment Report 1 Muong Bon commune - Two affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Two affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 2 Chieng Mung commune - 12 affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - 12 affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts of the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 3 Chieng Ban - Two affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Two affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts of the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 4 Na Bo commune 186 No. Opinions of people on the contents in Environmental Impact Assessment Report - 13 affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - 13 affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts of the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 5 Phieng Cam commune - Two affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Two affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts of the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 6 Muoi Noi commune - Five affected households agreed with contents related to negative impacts caused by the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Five affected households agreed with mitigation measures for negative impacts of the project on natural environment, economy, society and health of community mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report of the subproject - Propose the investor to strictly implement mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessment Report. 8.1.3. Feedback and commitment of the investor - The Investor receives comments and timely adjust in the document editing and well implements measures to minimize negative impacts caused by subproject activities. - The Investor is responsible for damage toHHs and infrastructure of locality and environmental pollution in compliance with regulations and policies of the World Bank and Viet Nam. - The investor is responsible for regularly contacting with local authorities, preparing safety, health and worker management plan. And the Investor is responsible for traffic condition in the region. - The Investor has committed to cooperate with the People's Committee of the communes to conduct diversion of water source for the households during the construction period. They Investor is also responsible for compensation for the entire area which is not irrigated during the construction process. - The investor considers options for transport routes to avoid impacts on the people living in the project area. The Investor coordinates with the People's Committee to arrange sites for gathering materials and dumping site and transport construction materials in suitable manner. 8.2. Information disclosure 444. In compliance with with OP 4.01 and the World Bank policy on access to information, the subproject draft ESIA, RAP and EMDP in Vietnamese language was sent to locally-affected people and local NGOs and authorities for study before pubic consultation meetings. The final ESIA, RAP, and EMDP shall be disclosed on the project’s website and subproject sites accessible to locally- affected people and local NGOs in Vietnamese language and on the Bank’s external website in 187 English prior to the subproject appraisal. 188 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Conclusion - (I). The subproject is classified as Category B and is not located in the environmentally sensitive area and does not fall into the exclusion list; - (II). The report has identified and adequately assessed the potential negative impacts in all three phases of preparation, construction and operation. Simultaneously, mitigation measures, in consultation with authorities and affected people, including vulnerable persons, have been identified; - (III). When being implemented, the subproject of dam rehabilitation and safety improvement, WB8 in Son La province may cause negative effects during the construction phase. However, because the scale of the construction items is not large and the effects occur in a short time and the scope is limited in small areas, feasible and suitable mitigation measures have been proposed proportionate to natural conditions, social and economic conditions, management and construction conditions of the subproject. - (iiii). Environmental and social management plan (ESMP) has been prepared as an integral part of this ESIA to manage the subproject’s potential negative impacts. The monitoring plan will be applied to monitor and supervise the subproject safeguard compliance. Construction supervision consultant regularly checks and prepares monthly report to submit to PPMU. PPMU will be responsible for preparing the quarterly reports to submit to CPMU. Recommendations - Basing on the findings of environmental impact assessment and the social environmental management plan outlined in this document, it is recommended that: - The mitigation measures mentioned in the Environmental and Social Management Plan will be established as an integral part of the Request for proposal. The contractor will separate the workload and set the total cost for the implementation of the mitigation measures. The cost is considered as implementation cost of environmental safeguard policy and will be paid when the mitigation measures are committed to undertake by the contractor effectively. - Basing on the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment report, the ESIA consultant and the PPMU recommend the competent authority and the World Bank to appraise and approve the ESIA report of the sub-project to be as the basis for implementing the next steps and to ensure the implementation progress of the sub-project. 189 REFERENCES 1. Report on the status of urban waste water - MT Hanoi University of Technology, 2006 2. Reports on the Socio-economic implementation status, National Defence and Security, Women and Ethnic Minority reports of communes. 3. Environment and air, Pham Ngoc Dang, NXBKHKT, 1997; 4. DIN 4150-1: Vibrations in buildings - Part 1: Prediction of Vibration Parameters, DIN, 2001-06; 5. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume II, Sectorial Guidelines, Environment, World Bank, Washington D.C 8/1991 6. Noise from Construction Equipment and Operations, Building Equipment, and Home Appliances, US EPA, 1971; 7. WHO - Assessment of sources of air, water, and land pollution, A guide to rapid source inventory techniques and their use in formulating environmental control strategies. Part 1: Rapid Inventory Techniques in Environmental Pollution. Geneva, Switzerland, 1993. 8. The website of Son La Department of Natural resource and Environment, http://sotnmt.sonla.gov.vn. 190